UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

þ

 
þ
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20062009
o

¨

 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
  For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number000-50350

NETGEAR, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 77-0419172
Delaware77-0419172
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

350 East Plumeria Drive,

San Jose, California

 95134
4500 Great America Parkway,
Santa Clara, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
 95054
(Zip Code)
(

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

code

(408) 907-8000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.001

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.001The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  o¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  o¨    No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ    Noo¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 ofRegulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of thisForm 10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K.  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, (as definedor a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” inRule 12b-2 of the Act).

Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨Accelerated filer  xNon-accelerated filer  ¨Smaller reporting company  ¨

þ     Accelerated filer o     Non-accelerated filer o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined inRule 12b-2 of the Act.) Yes o¨ No þ

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of July 2, 2006,June 26, 2009 was approximately $643,599,531.$345.4 million. Such aggregate market value was computed by reference to the closing price of the common stock as reported on the Nasdaq NationalGlobal Select Market on June 30, 200626, 2009 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed fiscal second quarter).

Shares of common stock held by each executive officer and director and each entity that owns 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. The determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value, was 34,323,92834,881,827 shares as of February 16, 2007.

2010.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 20072010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of thisForm 10-K.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

      Page
  Business.PART I  2
1.  Business3
Item 1A.Risk Factors  10
  Unresolved Staff Comments27
Item 2.Properties27
Item 3.Legal Proceedings27
Item 4.Reserved28
PART II  20
5.  Properties20
Legal Proceedings20
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders20
Market for Registrant’s Common Stock,Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  2130
  Selected Consolidated Financial Data  2433
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  2534
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  3850
  Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  3952
  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  6897
  Controls and Procedures97
Item 9B.Other Information98
PART III  68
10.  Other Information68
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  6899
  Executive Compensation  6999
  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  6999
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  6999
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services99
PART IV  69
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule  70100

  72101

  73
EXHIBIT 21.1
EXHIBIT 23.1
EXHIBIT 31.1
EXHIBIT 31.2
EXHIBIT 32.1
EXHIBIT 32.2103


1


PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”), including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 below, includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in thisForm 10-K, including statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “expect” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A below, and elsewhere in thisForm 10-K, including, among other things: the future growth of the small business and home markets; speed of adoption of wireless networking worldwide; our business strategies and development plans; our successful introduction of new products and technologies; future operating expenses and financing requirements; and competition and competitive factors in the small business and home markets. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in thisForm 10-K may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements in thisForm 10-K are based on information available to us as of the date hereof and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes contained in thisForm 10-K.

Item 1.Business

General

We design, develop and market networking products for home users and for small business, which we define as a business with fewer than 250 employees. We are focused on satisfying theease-of-use, quality, reliability, performance and affordability requirements of these users. Our product offerings enable users to connect and communicate across local area networks, or LANs, and the World Wide Web and share Internetinternet access, peripherals, files, digital multimedia content and applications among multiple personal computers, or PCs,networked devices and other Internet-enabledinternet-enabled devices. We sell our products primarily through a globalmultiple sales channel network,channels worldwide, which includes traditional retailers, online retailers, wholesale distributors, direct market resellers, or DMRs, value added resellers, or VARs, and broadband service providers. A discussion of factors potentially affecting our operations is set forth in “Risk Factors,” underFactors” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-K.

We were incorporated in Delaware on January 8, 1996. Our principal executive offices are located at 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara,350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95054,95134, and our telephone number at that location is(408) 907-8000. We file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. You may read and copy our reports, proxy statements and other information filed by us at the public reference room of the SECSEC’s Public Reference Room located at 450 Fifth100 F Street, N.W.N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference rooms.Public Reference Room. Our filings are also available to the public over the Internetinternet at the SEC’s website athttp://www.sec.gov, and, as soon as practicable after such reports are filed with the SEC, free of charge through a hyperlink on our Internetinternet website athttp://www.netgear.com.Information contained on the websitethese websites is not a part of thisForm 10-K.

Markets

Our objectivegoal is to be the leading provider of innovative networking products to the small business and home markets. A number of factors are driving today’s increasing demand for networking products within small businesses and homes. As the number of computing devices, such as PCs, has increased in recent years, networks are being

deployed in order to share information and resources among users and devices. This information and resource sharing occurs internally, through a local area network, or LAN, or externally, via the Internet.internet. To take


2


advantage of complex applications, advanced communication capabilities and rich multimedia content, users are upgrading their Internetinternet connections by deploying high-speed broadband access technologies. Users also seek the convenience and flexibility of operating their PCs, laptops and related computing devices and accessing their content in a more mobile, or wireless, manner. Finally, as the usage of networks, including the Internet,internet, has increased, users have become much more focused on the security of their connections and the protection of the data within their networks.

Small business and home users demand a complete set of wired and wireless networking and broadband solutionsproducts that are tailored to their specific needs and budgets and also incorporate the latest networking technologies. These users require the continual introduction of new and refined products. Small business and home users often lack extensive IT resources and technical knowledge and therefore demand ‘plug-and-play’ oreasy-to-install and use solutions.products. These users seek reliable products that require little or no maintenance, and are supported by effective technical support and customer service. We believe that these users also prefer the convenience of obtaining a networking solution from a single company with whom they are familiar; as these users expand their networks, they tend to be loyal purchasers of that brand. In addition, purchasing decisions of users in the small business and home markets are also driven by the affordability of networking products. To provide reliable,easy-to-use products at an attractive price, we believe a successful supplier must have a company-wide focus on the unique requirements of these markets and the operational discipline and cost-efficient company infrastructure and processes that allow for efficient product development, manufacturing and distribution.

Sales Channels

We sell our products through multiple sales channels worldwide, including traditional retailers, online retailers, wholesale distributors, DMRs, VARs, and broadband service providers.

Wholesale Distribution. Our distribution channel supplies our products to retailers, e-commerce resellers, Direct Market Resellers and Value Added Resellers. We sell directly to our distributors, the largest of which are Ingram Micro, Inc., and Tech Data Corporation.

Retailers.Our retail channel primarily supplies products that are sold into the home market. We sell directly to, or enter into consignment arrangements with, a number of our traditional retailers. The remaining traditional retailers, as well as our online retailers, are fulfilled through wholesale distributors, the largest of which are Ingram Micro, Inc. and Tech Data Corporation.distributors. We work directly with our retail channels on market development activities, such as co-advertising, in-store promotions and demonstrations, instant rebate programs, event sponsorship and sales associate training, as well as establishing “store within a store” websites and banner advertising.

DMRs and VARs.We primarily sell into the small business marketmarketplace through an extensive network of DMRs (Direct Market Resellers) and VARs.VARs (Value Added Resellers). Our DMRs include companies such as CDW and Insight. VARs include our network of registered Powershift Partners, orand resellers who achieve prescribed quarterly sales goalsthat are not registered in our Powershift partner program. DMRs and as a resultVARs may receive sales incentives, marketing support and other program benefits from us. Our products are also resold by a large number of smaller VARs whose sales are not large enough to qualify them for our Powershift Partner program. Our DMRs and VARs generally purchase our products through our wholesale distributors, primarily Ingram Micro, Inc. and Tech Data Corporation.

distributors.

Broadband Service Providers.We also supply our products directly to broadband service providers in the United States and internationally, who distributeinternationally. Service Providers supply our products to their small business and home subscribers.

We derive the majority of our net revenue from international sales. International sales as a percentage of net revenue grewdecreased from 56%60% in 20052008 to 62%54% in 2006. Sales in Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, grew from $200.0 million in 2005 to $298.2 million in 2006, representing an increase of approximately 49% during that period. We continue to penetrate new markets such as Brazil, Eastern Europe, India, and the Middle-East.2009. The table below sets forth our net revenue by major geographic region.

                     
  Year Ended December 31, 
     Percentage
     Percentage
    
  2004  Change  2005  Change  2006 
  (In thousands, except percentage data) 
 
United States $186,836   7% $199,208   11% $220,440 
EMEA  159,615   25%  199,951   49%  298,234 
Asia Pacific and rest of world  36,688   38%  50,451   9%  54,896 
                     
Total $383,139   17% $449,610   28% $573,570 
                     


3


   2009  Percentage
Change
  2008  Percentage
Change
  2007
   (In thousands, except percentage data)

United States

  $314,392  6 $297,641  9 $273,695

EMEA

   292,182  (17%)   354,058  (7%)   380,354

Asia Pacific and rest of world

   80,021  (13%)   91,645  24  73,738
                  
  $686,595  (8%)  $743,344  2 $727,787
                  

RevenuesNet revenues from significant customers as a percentage of our total net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 20062007 were as follows:
             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
 
Ingram Micro, Inc.   27%  25%  19%
Tech Data Corporation  18%  17%  16%

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2009  2008  2007 

Ingram Micro, Inc.

  11 14 17

Best Buy Co., Inc.

  11 8 7

Tech Data Corporation

  8 11 14

Product Offerings

Our product line consists of wired and wireless devices that enable Ethernet networking, broadband access, network connectivity, network storage and network connectivity.security appliances. These products are available in multiple configurations to address the needs of our customers in each geographic region in which our products are sold.

Small business networking.These products include:

Ethernet networking.switches, which are multiple port devices used to network PCs and peripherals via Ethernet is the most commonlywiring;

Wireless controllers, which are devices used wired to manage and control multiple WiFi base stations which in turn provide WiFi connections to PCs and peripherals;

Internet Security Appliances, which provide internet access through capabilities such as anti-virus and anti-spam; and

network protocol for connectingattached storage, which enables file sharing among multiple PCs and other networked devices in today’s home and small-office networks. Products that enable Ethernet networking include:over a local area network.

• switches, which are multiple port devices used to network PCs and peripherals;
• network interface cards, adapters and bridges, that enable PCs and other equipment to be connected to a network;
• peripheral servers, such as print servers that manage printing on a network, and disk servers which manage shared disks on the network; and
• VPN firewalls, which provide secure remote network access and anti-virus and anti-spam capabilities.

Broadband Access.Broadband is a transmission medium capable of moving more information and at a higher speeddigital content over public high speed networks than traditional narrowband frequencies.low speed telephone lines. Products that enable broadband access include:

routers, which connect the home or office networks to the internet via broadband modems;

gateways, which are routers with integrated modems, for internet access;

• routers, which are used to connect two networks together, such as the home or office network and the Internet;
• gateways, or routers with an integrated modem, for Internet access;
• IP telephony products, used for transmitting voice communications over a network; and
• wireless gateways, or gateways that include an integrated wireless access point.

IP telephony products, used for transmitting voice communications over a network; and

Media servers, which store files and multimedia content for access by PCs, laptops, smart phones and other internet enabled devices.

Network Connectivity.Products that enable network connectivity and resource sharing include:

wireless access points, which provide a wireless link between a wired network and wireless devices;

wireless network interface cards and adapters, which enable devices to be connected to the network wirelessly;

• wireless access points, which provide a wireless link between a wired network and wireless devices;
• wireless network interface cards and adapters, which enable devices to be connected to the network wirelessly;
• media adapters, which connect PCs, stereos, TVs and other equipment to a network;
• wi-fi phones, which enable users to make voice calls over the Internet;
• network attached storage, which enables file sharing and remote storage over a local area network; and
• powerline adapters and bridges, which enable devices to be connected to the network over existing electrical wiring.

Ethernet network interface cards and adapters, which enable devices to be connected to the network over Ethernet wiring;

media adapters, which connect non PC entertainment devices such as TVs, audio players, and game consoles to a network;

powerline adapters and bridges, which enable devices to be connected to the network over existing electrical wiring; and

MoCA adapters and bridges, which enable devices to be connected to the network over existing coaxial wiring.

We design our products to meet the specific needs of both the small business and home markets, tailoring various elements of the product design, including component specification, physical characteristics such as casing, design and coloration, and specific user interface features to meet the needs of these markets. We also leverage many of our technological developments, high volume manufacturing, technical support and engineering infrastructure across our markets to maximize business efficiencies.


4


Our products that target the small business market are designed with an industrial appearance, including metal cases, and for some product categories, the ability to mount the product within standard data networking racks. These products typically include higher port counts, higher data transfer rates and other performance characteristics designed to meet the needs of a small business user. For example, we offer data transfer rates up to ten GigabitGigabits per second for our business products to meet the higher capacity requirements of business users. Some of these products are also designed to support transmission modes such as fiber optic cabling, which is common in more sophisticated business environments. Security requirements within our products for small business broadband access include firewall, and virtual private network and content threat management capabilities that allow for secure interactions between remote offices and business headquarter locations.locations over the internet. Our connectivity product offerings for the small business market include enhanced security and remote configurability often required in a business setting.
Our ReadyNAS® family of network attached storage products implements redundant array of independent disks data protection, enabling small businesses to store and protect critical data easily, efficiently and intelligently.

Our products for the home user are designed with pleasing visual and physical aesthetics that are more desirable in a home environment. For example, our RangeMax series of routers have distinctive blue antenna-indicator LEDs in a circular dome atop a sleek white plastic casing. Our connectivity offerings for use in the home are generally at a lower price than higher security and configurability wireless offerings for the small business market. Our products for facilitating broadband access in the home are available with features such as parental control capabilities and firewall security, to allow for safer, more controlled Internetinternet usage in families with children. Our broadband products designed for the home market also contain advanced installation software that guides a less sophisticated data networking user through the installation process with their broadband service provider, using a graphical user interface and simple point and click operations. Our connectivity product offerings for the home include powerline and MoCA data transmission modes which allow home users to take advantage of their existing electrical or coaxial wiring infrastructure for transmitting data among network components.

Competition

The small business and home networking markets are intensely competitive and subject to rapid technological change. We expect competition to continue to intensify. Our principal competitors include:

within the small business networking market, companies such as 3Com Corporation, Allied Telesyn International, Buffalo, Inc., Dell Computer Corporation, D-Link, Hewlett-Packard Company, the Linksys division of Cisco Systems, Inc., Fortinet, Inc., SonicWALL, Inc., and WatchGuard; and

within the home networking market, companies such as Apple Inc., Belkin Corporation, D-Link, and the Linksys division of Cisco Systems.

• within the small business networking market, companies such as 3Com, Allied Telesyn, the Linksys division of Cisco Systems, Dell Computer, D-Link, Hewlett-Packard, Nortel Networks, and SonicWall, Inc.; and
• within the home networking market, companies such as Belkin Corporation, D-Link, and the Linksys division of Cisco Systems.

Other current competitors include numerous local vendors such as Siemens CorporationDevolo, LEA and AVM in Europe, Corega International SA and Melco, Inc./Buffalo Technology in Japan and TP-Link in China, and broadband equipment suppliers such as Actiontec Electronics, Inc., ARRIS Group, Inc., Comtrend Corporation, Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd., Motorola, Inc., Sagem Corporation, Scientific Atlanta, Atlanta—a Cisco company, Terayon Communications Systems, Inc., Thomson Corporation and 2Wire, Inc. Our potential competitors include consumer electronics vendors and telecommunications equipment vendors who could integrate networking capabilities into their line of products, and our channel customers who may decide to offer self-branded networking products. We also face competition from service providers who may bundle a free networking device with their broadband service offering, which would reduce our sales if we are not the supplier of choice to those service providers.

Many of our existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources. As a result, they may have more advanced technology, larger distribution channels, stronger brand names, better customer service and access to more customers than we do. For example, Dell ComputerHewlett-Packard has significant brand name recognition and has an advertising presence substantially greater than ours. Similarly, Cisco Systems is well recognized as a leader in providing networking solutionsproducts to businesses and has substantially greater financial resources than we do. Several of our competitors, such as the Linksys division of Cisco Systems and D-Link, offer a range of products that directly compete with most of our product offerings. Several of our other competitors primarily compete in a more limited manner. For example, Hewlett-Packard sells networking products primarily targeted at larger businesses or enterprises. However, the competitive environment in which we operate changes rapidly. Other large companies with significant resources could become direct competitors, either through acquiring a competitor or through internal efforts.


5


We believe that the principal competitive factors in the small business and home markets for networking products include product breadth, size and scope of the sales channel, brand name, timeliness of new product introductions, product performance, features, functionality and reliability, price,ease-of-installation, maintenance and use, and customer service and support.

To remain competitive, we believe we must invest significant resources in developing new products and enhancing our current products expandingwhile continuing to expand our sales channels and maintaining customer satisfaction worldwide.

Research and Development

As of December 31, 2006,2009, we had 62149 employees engaged in research and development. We believe that our success depends on our ability to develop products that meet the changing user needs and to anticipate and proactively respond to evolving technology in a timely and cost-effective manner. Accordingly, we have made investments in our research and development department in order to effectively evaluate new third party technologies, develop new in-house technologies, and develop and test new products. Our research and development employees work closely with our technology and manufacturing partners to bring our products to market in a timely, high quality and cost-efficient manner.

We identify, and qualify or self-develop new technologies, and we work closely with our various technology suppliers and manufacturing partners to develop products using one or more of the two manufacturingdevelopment methodologies described below.

ODM.Under the original design manufacturer, or ODM, methodology, which we use for most of our product development activities, we define the product concept and specification and performrecommend the technology selection. We then coordinate with our technology suppliers while they develop the chipsets, software and detailed circuit designs. On certain new products, one or more subsystems of the design can be done in-house and then integrated in with the remaining design pieces from the ODM. Once prototypes are completed, we work with our partners to complete the debugging and systems integration and testing. Our ODMs are responsible for conducting all of the regulatory agency approval processes required for each product. After completion of the final tests, agency approvals and product documentation, the product is released for production.

CM. Under the contract manufacturer, or CM, methodology, which we use for a limited number of products, we define the product concept and specification and develop the primary technology and software internally. Once prototypes are completed, we work with our partners to complete the debugging and systems integration and testing. After completion of the final tests, agency approvals and product documentation, the product is released for production.

IN-HOUSE DEVELOPMENT.Under the in-house development model, one or more subsystems of the product are designed and developed utilizing the NETGEAR engineering team. Under this model some of the primary technology is developed in-house. We then work closely with either an ODM or a contract manufacturer to complete the development of the entire design, perform the necessary testing, and obtain regulatory approvals before the product is released for production.

OEM. Under the original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, methodology, which we use for a limited number of products, we define the product specification and then purchase the product from OEM suppliers that have existing products fitting our design requirements. OnceIn some cases, once a technology supplier’s product is selected, we work with the OEM supplier to complete the cosmetic changes to fit into our mechanical and packaging design, as well as our documentation and graphical user interface, or GUI, standard. The OEM supplier completes regulatory approvals on our behalf. When all design verification and regulatory testing is completed, the product is released for production.

Our internal research and development efforts focus on developing and improving the usability, reliability, functionality, cost and performance of our partner’s designs. In addition, we define the industrial design, GUI, documentation and installation process of our products. In August 2006, we acquired SkipJam Corp. (“SkipJam”), a developer of networkable media devices for integrating television into the home network and to the Internet for entertainment content streaming. Our total research and development expenses were $18.4$30.1 million in 2006, $12.82009, $33.8 million in 20052008 and $10.3$28.1 million in 2004.

2007.

Manufacturing

Our primary manufacturers are ASUSTek Computer, Inc., Cameo Communications Inc., Delta Networks Incorporated, Gemtek Technology Co., Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd. (more commonly known as Foxconn Corporation), and SerComm Corporation, Kepro, and Unihan Corporation (which was spun out of ASUSTek Computer, Inc. in January 2008), all of which are headquartered in Taiwan. The actual manufacturing of our products occurs primarily in mainland China, with pilot and is supplemented withlow-volume manufacturing in Taiwan on a select basis. We distribute our manufacturing among these key suppliers to avoid excessive concentration with a single supplier. In addition to their responsibility for the manufacturing of our products, our manufacturers purchase all necessary parts and materials to produce complete, finished goods. To maintain quality standards for our suppliers, we have established our own product testing and quality organization based in Hong Kong and mainland China. They are responsible for auditing and inspecting process and product quality on the premises of our ODMs, CMs and OEMs.

We currently outsource warehousing and distribution logistics to four third-party providers who are responsible for warehousing, distribution logistics and order fulfillment. In addition, these parties are also responsible for


6


some configuration and re-packaging of our products including bundling components to form kits, inserting appropriate documentation, disk drive configuration, and adding power adapters. APL Logistics Americas, Ltd. in City of Industry, California serves the Americas region, Kerry Logistics Ltd. in Hong Kong serves the Asia Pacific region, and Furness Logistics BVDSV Solutions B.V. and ModusLink BV in the Netherlands serve the Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, region.

Sales and Marketing

As of December 31, 2006,2009, we had 187268 employees engaged in sales and marketing. We work directly with our customers on market development activities, such as co-advertising, in-store promotions and demonstrations, instant rebate programs, event sponsorship and sales associate training. We also participate in major industry trade shows and marketing events. Our marketing department is comprised of our product marketing and corporate marketing groups.

Our product marketing group focuses on product strategy, product development roadmaps, the new product introduction process, product lifecycle management, demand assessment and competitive analysis. The group works closely with our sales and research and development groups to align our product development roadmap to meet customer technology demands from a strategic perspective. The group also ensures that product development activities, product launches, channel marketing program activities, and ongoing demand and supply planning occur in a well-managed, timely basis in coordination with our development, manufacturing, and sales groups, as well as our ODM, CM, OEM and sales channel partners.

Our corporate marketing group is responsible for defining and building our corporate brand. The group focuses on defining our mission, brand promise and marketing messages on a worldwide basis. This group also defines the marketing approaches in the areas of advertising, public relations, events, channel programs and our web delivery mechanisms. These marketing messages and approaches are customized for both the small business and home markets through a variety of delivery mechanisms designed to effectively reach end-users in a cost-efficient manner.

We conduct muchmost of our international sales and marketing operations through NETGEAR International, Inc. and NETGEAR International Ltd., our wholly-owned subsidiaries which have formedoperate via sales and marketing subsidiaries and branch offices worldwide.

TechnicalCustomer Support

We provide technicaldesign our products with “plug and play” ease of use. We respond globally to customer questions over the phone and internet including providing an online Knowledgebase and User Forum. Customer support to our customersis provided through a combination of a limited number of permanent employees and extensive use of subcontracted “out-sourcing” resources. Although we design our products to require minimal technical support, if a customer requires assistance, we generally provide free, high-quality technical advice worldwide over the phone and Internet for a specified period of time, generally less than one year. We currently subcontract first level and the majority of second level technical support for our products and as of December 31, 2006, we were utilizing approximately 720 part-time and full-time individuals to answer customers’ technical questions. First level technical support represents the first team member a customer will reach with questions; and, typically, these individuals are able to answer routine technical questions. If they are unable to resolve the issue, the first level support member will forward the customer to our more highly trained second level support group. The most difficult or unique questions are forwarded to NETGEAR employees. This 20 person in-house staff provides the most sophisticated support when customer issues require escalation.

In addition to providing third level technical support, these internal NETGEAROur permanent employees design our technical support database and are responsible for training and managing our outsourcedsub-contractors. We utilize the information gained from customers by our technicalcustomer support organization to enhance our current and future products by providing bug fixes,product offerings, including further simplifying the installation process and planning future product needs.
In North America, the United Kingdom, South East Asia and Australia, the first and second level technical support in English is provided 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. Local language support is also available during local business hours in Austria, Switzerland, China, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Korea, Spain, Thailand, Brazil, Hungary, Russia, the Nordic countries, Belgium and the Netherlands.


7

process.


Intellectual Property

We believe that our continued success will depend primarily on the technical expertise, speed of technology implementation, creative skills and management abilities of our officers and key employees, plus ownership of a limited but important set of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and patents. We primarily rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret and patent laws, nondisclosure agreements with employees, consultants and suppliers and other contractual provisions to establish, maintain and protect our proprietary rights. We hold twofour issued patents that expire between years 2023 and 20252026 and currently have a number of pending United States patent applications related to technology and products offered by us. In addition, we rely on third-party licensors for patented hardware and software license rights in technology that are incorporated into and are necessary for the operation and functionality of our products. We typically retain limited exclusivity over intellectual property we jointly develop with our OEMs and ODMs. Our success will depend in part on our continued ability to have access to these technologies.

We have trade secret rights for our products, consisting mainly of product design, technical product documentation and software. We also own, or have applied for registration of trademarks, in connection with our products in the United States and internationally, including NETGEAR, the NETGEAR logo, NETGEAR Green, NETGEAR Digital Entertainer, Genie, Readyshare, Neo Pix, Neo TV, Net-Doctor, NETGEAR Stora, the NETGEAR Stora logo, the NETGEAR Digital Entertainer logo, the Gear Guy logo, Connect with Innovation, Everybody’s connecting, IntelliFi, ProSafe, RangeMax, andReadyNAS, Smart Wizard, inProSecure, the United StatesProSecure logo, Push2TV, and internationally.X-RAID. We have registered several Interneta number of internet domain names that we use for electronic interaction with our customers including dissemination of product information, marketing programs, product registration, sales activities, and other commercial uses.

Employees

As of December 31, 2006,2009, we had 388586 full-time employees, with 207268 in sales, marketing and technical support, 62149 in research and development, 5371 in operations, and 6698 in finance, information systems and administration. We also utilize a number of temporary staff including 15 full-time contractors, to supplement our workforce. We have never had a work stoppage among our employees and no personnel are represented under collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Website Posting of SEC Filings

Our website provides a link to our SEC filings, which are available on the same day such filings are made. The specific location on the website where these reports can be found ishttp://www.investor.netgear.com/edgar.cfm.investor.netgear.com/sec.cfm. Our website also provides a link to Section 16 filings which are available on the same day as such filings are made.

Item 1A.Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. The risks described below are not exhaustive of the risks that might affect our business. Other risks, including those we currently deem immaterial, may also impact our business. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business operations, results of operations and financial condition and could result in a significant decline in our stock price. Before deciding to purchase, hold or sell our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described in this section. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We expect our operating results to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.

Our operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate substantially from quarter-to-quarter or year-to-year for a variety of reasons, many of which are beyond our control. If our actual revenue were to fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts or investors, our quarterly and annual results would be negatively impacted and the price of our stock could decline. Other factors that could affect our quarterly and annual operating results include those listed in the risk factors section of this report and others such as:

changes in the pricing policies of or the introduction of new products by us or our competitors;

litigation involving patent infringement;

changes in the terms of our contracts with customers or suppliers that cause us to incur additional expenses or assume additional liabilities;

slow or negative growth in the networking product, personal computer, internet infrastructure, home electronics and related technology markets, as well as decreased demand for internet access;

changes in or consolidation of our sales channels and wholesale distributor relationships or failure to manage our sales channel inventory and warehousing requirements;

delay or failure to fulfill orders for our products on a timely basis;

disruptions or delays related to our financial and enterprise resource planning systems;

our inability to accurately forecast product demand;

component supply constraints from our vendors;

unfavorable level of inventory and turns;

unanticipated shift in overall product mix from higher to lower margin products that would adversely impact our margins;

unanticipated shift or decline in profit by geographical region that would adversely impact our tax rate;

delays in the introduction of new products by us or market acceptance of these products;

an increase in price protection claims, redemptions of marketing rebates, product warranty and stock rotation returns or allowance for doubtful accounts;

epidemic or widespread failure in one or more of our products;

unanticipated safety issue involving one or more of our products;

challenges associated with integrating acquisitions that we make;

operational disruptions, such as transportation delays or failure of our order processing system, particularly if they occur at the end of a fiscal quarter;

delay or failure of our service provider customers to purchase at the volumes that we forecast;

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the jurisdictions where we transact sales and expenditures in local currency;

our customers’ inability to pay for purchased goods in a timely fashion;

bad debt exposure with our existing customers and as we expand into new international markets;

unanticipated increase in costs, including air freight, associated with shipping and delivery of our products;

our failure to implement and maintain the appropriate internal controls over financial reporting which may result in restatements of our financial statements; and

any changes in accounting rules.

As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on them as an indication of our future performance. In addition, our future operating results may fall below the expectations of public market analysts or investors. In that event, our stock price could decline significantly.

Our stock price may be volatile and your investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.

With the continuing uncertainty about economic conditions in the United States and abroad, there has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of technology and other companies, which may be unrelated to the financial performance of these companies. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Some specific factors that may have a significant effect on our common stock market price include:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results or our competitors’ operating results;

actual or anticipated changes in the growth rate of the general networking sector, our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;

conditions in the financial markets in general or changes in general economic conditions;

interest rate or currency exchange rate fluctuations;

our ability or inability to raise additional capital; and

our ability to report accurate financial results in our periodic reports filed with the SEC; and

changes in stock market analyst recommendations regarding our common stock, other comparable companies or our industry generally.

Economic conditions are likely to materially adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

Our business has been and may continue to be affected by a number of factors that are beyond our control such as general geopolitical, economic and business conditions, conditions in the financial services markets, and changes in the overall demand for networking products. A severe and/or prolonged economic downturn could adversely affect our customers’ financial condition and the levels of business activity of our customers. Uncertainty about current global economic conditions could cause businesses to postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values, which could have a material negative effect on the demand for networking products.

The ongoing economic problems affecting the banking system and financial markets and the continued uncertainty in global economic conditions have resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility in credit, equity, currency and fixed income markets. There could be a number of follow-on effects from these economic developments and negative economic trends on our business, including the inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products; customer insolvencies; decreased customer confidence to make purchasing decisions; decreased customer demand; and decreased customer ability to pay their trade obligations.

If conditions in the global economy, U.S. economy or other key vertical or geographic markets remain uncertain or weaken further, such conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, if we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions, we may be unable to effectively plan for and respond to those changes, which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do, and to be competitive we may be required to lower our prices or increase our sales and marketing expenses, which could result in reduced margins and loss of market share.

We compete in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive market, and we expect competition to continue to be intense, including price competition. Our principal competitors in the small and medium business market include 3Com, Allied Telesyn, Buffalo, Dell, D-Link, Fortinet, Inc., Hewlett-Packard, the Linksys division of Cisco Systems, SonicWALL, WatchGuard. Our principal competitors in the home market include Apple, Belkin, D-Link and the Linksys division of Cisco Systems. Our principal competitors in the broadband service provider market include Actiontec, ARRIS, Comtrend, Huawei, Motorola, Sagem, Scientific Atlanta-a Cisco company, ZyXEL, Thomson and 2Wire. Other current and potential competitors include numerous local vendors such as Devolo, LEA and AVM in Europe, Corega and Melco in Japan and TP-Link in China. Our potential competitors also include consumer electronics vendors who could integrate networking capabilities into their line of products, and our channel customers who may decide to offer self-branded networking products. We also face competition from service providers who may bundle a free networking device with their broadband service offering, which would reduce our sales if we are not the supplier of choice to those service providers.

Many of our existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources. These competitors may, among other things, undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies, obtain more favorable pricing from suppliers and manufacturers, and exert more influence on sales channels than we can. We anticipate that current and potential competitors will also intensify their efforts to penetrate our target markets. For example, price competition has intensified in our industry. Average sales prices have declined in the past and may continue to decline in the future. These competitors may have more advanced technology, more extensive distribution channels, stronger brand names, greater access to shelf space in retail locations, bigger promotional budgets and larger customer bases than we do. These companies could devote more capital resources to develop, manufacture and market competing products than we could. If any of these companies are successful in competing against us, our sales could decline, our margins could be negatively impacted and we could lose market share, any of which could seriously harm our business and results of operations.

Our business is subject to the risks of international operations.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from international operations. As a result, our financial condition and operating results could be significantly affected by risks associated with international activities, including economic and labor conditions, political instability, tax laws, and changes in the value of the U.S. dollar versus local currencies. Margins on sales of our products in foreign countries, and on sales of products that include components obtained from foreign suppliers, could be materially adversely affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and by international trade regulations. Additionally, certain foreign countries have complex regulatory requirements as conditions of doing business. Meeting these requirements may increase our operating expenses as we expand internationally.

We obtain several key components from limited or sole sources, and if these sources fail to satisfy our supply requirements, we may lose sales and experience increased component costs.

Any shortage or delay in the supply of key product components would harm our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries. Many of the semiconductors used in our products are specifically designed for use in our products and are obtained from sole source suppliers on a purchase order basis. In addition, some components that are used in all our products are obtained from limited sources. These components include connector jacks, plastic casings and physical layer transceivers. We also obtain switching fabric semiconductors, which are used in our Ethernet switches and internet gateway products, and wireless local area network chipsets, which are used in all of our wireless products, from a limited number of suppliers. Semiconductor suppliers have experienced and continue to experience component shortages themselves, such as with substrates used in manufacturing chipsets, which in turn adversely impact our ability to procure semiconductors from them. Our third party manufacturers generally purchase these components on our behalf on a purchase order basis, and we do not have any contractual commitments or guaranteed supply arrangements with our suppliers. If demand for a specific component increases, we may not be able to obtain an adequate number of that component in a timely manner. In addition, if worldwide demand for the components increases significantly, the availability of these components could be limited. Further, our suppliers may experience financial or other difficulties as a result of uncertain and weak worldwide economic conditions. It could be difficult, costly and time consuming to obtain alternative sources for these components, or to change product designs to make use of alternative components. In addition, difficulties in transitioning from an existing supplier to a new supplier could create delays in component availability that would have a significant impact on our ability to fulfill orders for our products.

If we are unable to obtain a sufficient supply of components, or if we experience any interruption in the supply of components, our product shipments could be reduced or delayed. Component shortages and delays affect our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries, damage our brand and reputation in the market, and cause us to lose market share. For example, component shortages in the fourth quarter of 2009 limited our ability to supply all the worldwide demand for our products and our revenue was affected.

If we do not effectively manage our sales channel inventory and product mix, we may incur costs associated with excess inventory, or lose sales from having too few products.

If we are unable to properly monitor, control and manage our sales channel inventory and maintain an appropriate level and mix of products with our wholesale distributors and within our sales channels, we may incur increased and unexpected costs associated with this inventory. We generally allow wholesale distributors and traditional retailers to return a limited amount of our products in exchange for other products. Under our price protection policy, if we reduce the list price of a product, we are often required to issue a credit in an amount equal to the reduction for each of the products held in inventory by our wholesale distributors and retailers. If our wholesale distributors and retailers are unable to sell their inventory in a timely manner, we might lower the price of the products, or these parties may exchange the products for newer products. Also, during the transition from an existing product to a new replacement product, we must accurately predict the demand for the existing and the new product.

We determine production levels based on our forecasts of demand for our products. Actual demand for our products depends on many factors, which makes it difficult to forecast. We have experienced differences between our actual and our forecasted demand in the past and expect differences to arise in the future. If we improperly forecast demand for our products we could end up with too many products and be unable to sell the excess inventory in a timely manner, if at all, or, alternatively we could end up with too few products and not be able to satisfy demand. This problem is exacerbated because we attempt to closely match inventory levels with product demand leaving limited margin for error. If these events occur, we could incur increased expenses associated with writing off excessive or obsolete inventory, lose sales, incur penalties for late delivery or have to ship products by air freight to meet immediate demand incurring incremental freight costs above the sea freight costs, a preferred method, and suffering a corresponding decline in gross margins.

We are exposed to adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations in jurisdictions where we transact in local currency, which could harm our financial results and cash flows.

Because a significant portion of our business is conducted outside the United States, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve, and they could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. Although a portion of our international sales are currently invoiced in United States dollars, we have implemented and continue to implement for certain countries and customers both invoicing and payment in foreign currencies. Our primary exposure to movements in foreign currency exchange rates relates to non-U.S. dollar denominated sales in Europe, Japan and Australia as well as our global operations, and non-U.S. dollar denominated operating expenses and certain assets and liabilities. In addition, weaknesses in foreign currencies for U.S. dollar denominated sales could adversely affect demand for our products. Conversely, a strengthening in foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar could increase foreign currency denominated costs. As a result we may attempt to renegotiate pricing of existing contracts or request payment to be made in U.S. dollars. We cannot be sure that our customers would agree to renegotiate along these lines. This could result in customers eventually terminating contracts with us or in our decision to terminate certain contracts, which would adversely affect our sales.

We implemented a hedging program in November 2008 to hedge exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates as a response to the risks of changes in the value of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. We may enter into foreign currency forward contracts or other instruments, the majority of which mature within approximately five months. Our foreign currency forward contracts reduce, but do not eliminate, the impact of currency exchange rate movements. For example, we do not execute forward contracts in all currencies in which we conduct business. In addition, in the second fiscal quarter of 2009, we commenced implementation of a hedging program to reduce the impact of volatile exchange rates on net revenues, gross profit and operating profit for limited periods of time. However, the use of such hedging activities may not offset more than a portion of the adverse financial effect resulting from unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates.

The average selling prices of our products typically decrease rapidly over the sales cycle of the product, which may negatively affect our gross margins.

Our products typically experience price erosion, a fairly rapid reduction in the average unit selling prices over their respective sales cycles. In order to sell products that have a falling average unit selling price and maintain margins at the same time, we need to continually reduce product and manufacturing costs. To manage manufacturing costs, we must collaborate with our third party manufacturers to engineer the most cost-effective design for our products. In addition, we must carefully manage the price paid for components used in our products. We must also successfully manage our freight and inventory costs to reduce overall product costs. We also need to continually introduce new products with higher sales prices and gross margins in order to maintain our overall gross margins. If we are unable to manage the cost of older products or successfully introduce new products with higher gross margins, our net revenue and overall gross margin would likely decline.

Changes in tax rates, adverse changes in tax laws or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could affect our future profitability.

Factors that could materially affect our future effective tax rates include but are not limited to:

Changes in the regulatory environment;

Changes in accounting and tax standards or practices;

Changes in the composition of operating income by tax jurisdiction; and

Our operating results before taxes.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate has fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future. Future effective tax rates could be affected by changes in the composition of earnings in countries with differing tax rates, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws. Recently announced proposals for new US tax legislation proposed by President Obama’s administration could also adversely affect our tax rate if adopted.

We are also subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other tax authorities, including state revenue agencies and foreign governments. While we regularly assess the likelihood of favorable or unfavorable outcomes resulting from examinations by the IRS and other tax authorities to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes, there can be no assurance that the actual outcome resulting from these examinations will not materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. Additionally, the IRS and other tax authorities have increasingly focused attention on intercompany transfer pricing with respect to sales of products and services and the use of intangible assets. Tax authorities could disagree with our intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters and assess additional taxes. Any such disagreements may affect our profitability.

We have had to restate our historical financial statements.

In July 2009, we announced that we had incorrectly reported our income tax provision for the three months ended March 29, 2009 and, as a result of this error, we restated the financial statements in our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 29, 2009. The restatement, which related solely to the correction of the income tax provision for the three months ended March 29, 2009, resulted in adjustments related to income taxes in our financial statements. In our previously filed financial statements for the three months ended March 29, 2009, we incorrectly included a particular foreign entity in calculating our estimated annualized tax provision. This foreign entity should not have been included in the calculation because the anticipated losses in that entity would not give rise to tax benefits. While our overall annual tax provision was not be affected for the entire year, we made an error in inter-quarter allocations of the tax provision. Material changes to our previously reported financial information occurred as a result of this error.

In connection with this restatement we identified certain control deficiencies relating to the application of applicable accounting literature related to recordation of tax expenses. These deficiencies constituted a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as of March 29, 2009, which led to items requiring correction in our financial statements and our conclusion to restate such financial statements to correct those items. Specifically, the control deficiencies related to our failure to correctly apply the authoritative guidance for income taxes in determining the proper allocation of our annualized tax provision.

Although this material weakness has been remediated by December 31, 2009, we cannot be certain that the measures we have taken since this restatement will ensure that restatements will not occur in the future. Execution of restatements like the one described above create a significant strain on our internal resources and could cause delays in our filing of quarterly or annual financial results, increase our costs and cause management distraction. Restatements may also significantly affect our stock price in an adverse manner.

We are required to evaluate our internal controls under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any adverse results from such evaluation could impact investor confidence in the reliability of our internal controls over financial reporting.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. Such report must contain among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal control over financial reporting is effective. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, in connection with the restatement of our previously issued financial statements for the period ended March 29, 2009, and our assessment of our disclosure controls and procedures, management concluded that as of March 29, 2009, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective and that we had a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to the accounting for income taxes. Specifically, we did not maintain a sufficient complement of tax personnel with the required proficiency to identify, evaluate, review, and report complex tax accounting matters. In order to remediate the material weakness, we hired additional personnel in the tax department with sufficient knowledge and experience in tax to strengthen the controls around the tax provision. We also engaged tax specialists to assist us in the preparation and review of the income tax provision. As a result of these actions, management has concluded that we have remediated the material weakness related to income taxes as of December 31, 2009.

We will continue to perform the system and process documentation and evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, which is both costly and challenging. During this process, if our management identifies one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert such internal control is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of the end of a fiscal year or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which may have an adverse effect on our stock price.

We are subject to numerous governmental regulations concerning the manufacturing and use of our products. We must stay in compliance with all such regulations and any future regulations. Any failure to comply with such regulations, and the unanticipated costs of complying with future regulations, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We manufacture and sell products which contain electronic components, and as such components may contain materials that are subject to government regulation in both the locations that we manufacture and assemble our products, as well as the locations where we sell our products. An example of a regulated material is the use of lead in electronic components. We maintain compliance with all current government regulations concerning the materials utilized in our products, for all the locations in which we operate. Since we operate on a global basis, this is a complex process which requires continual monitoring of regulations and an ongoing compliance process to ensure that we and our suppliers are in compliance with all existing regulations. There are areas where future regulations may be enacted which could increase our cost of the components that we utilize. While we do not currently know of any proposed regulation regarding components in our products, which would have a material impact on our business, if there is an unanticipated new regulation which significantly impacts our use of various components or requires more expensive components, that would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our manufacturing process is also subject to numerous governmental regulations, which cover both the use of various materials as well as environmental concerns. We maintain compliance with all current government regulations concerning our production processes, for all locations in which we operate. Since we operate on a global basis, this is also a complex process which requires continual monitoring of regulations and an ongoing

compliance process to ensure that we and our suppliers are in compliance with all existing regulations. There are areas where future regulations may be enacted which could increase our cost of manufacture. One area which has a large number of potential changes in regulations is the environmental area. Environmental areas such as pollution and climate change have had significant legislative and regulatory efforts on a global basis, and there are expected to be additional changes to the regulations in these areas. These changes could directly increase the cost of energy which may have an impact on the way we manufacture products or utilize energy to produce our products. In addition, any new regulations or laws in the environmental area might increase the cost of raw materials we use in our products. While future changes in regulations appears likely, we are currently unable to predict how any such changes will impact us and if such impacts will be material to our business. If there is a new law or regulation that significantly increases our costs of manufacturing or causes us to significantly alter the way that we manufacture our products, this would have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are currently involved in various litigation matters and may in the future become involved in additional litigation, including litigation regarding intellectual property rights, which could be costly and subject us to significant liability.

The networking industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding infringement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the data communications markets, some of which are competitors, have extensive patent portfolios with respect to networking technology. From time to time, third parties, including these leading companies, have asserted and may continue to assert exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us demanding license or royalty payments or seeking payment for damages, injunctive relief and other available legal remedies through litigation. These include third parties who claim to own patents or other intellectual property that cover industry standards that our products comply with. If we are unable to resolve these matters or obtain licenses on acceptable or commercially reasonable terms, we could be sued or we may be forced to initiate litigation to protect our rights. The cost of any necessary licenses could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Also, at any time, any of these companies, or any other third party could initiate litigation against us, or we may be forced to initiate litigation against them, which could divert management attention, be costly to defend or prosecute, prevent us from using or selling the challenged technology, require us to design around the challenged technology and cause the price of our stock to decline. In addition, third parties, some of whom are potential competitors, have initiated and may continue to initiate litigation against our manufacturers, suppliers, members of our sales channels or our service provider customers, alleging infringement of their proprietary rights with respect to existing or future products. In the event successful claims of infringement are brought by third parties, and we are unable to obtain licenses or independently develop alternative technology on a timely basis, we may be subject to indemnification obligations, be unable to offer competitive products, or be subject to increased expenses. Finally, consumer class-action lawsuits related to the marketing and performance of our home networking products have been asserted and may in the future be asserted against us. For additional information regarding certain of the lawsuits in which we are involved, see the information set forth under Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this report, which information is incorporated into this Item 1A by reference. If we do not resolve these claims on a favorable basis, our business, operating results and financial condition could be significantly harmed.

If our products contain defects or errors, we could incur significant unexpected expenses, experience product returns and lost sales, experience product recalls, suffer damage to our brand and reputation, and be subject to product liability or other claims.

Our products are complex and may contain defects, errors or failures, particularly when first introduced or when new versions are released. The industry standards upon which many of our products are based are also complex, experience change over time and may be interpreted in different manners. Some errors and defects may be discovered only after a product has been installed and used by the end-user. For example, in January 2008, we

announced a voluntary recall of the XE103 Powerline Ethernet Adapter made for Europe and other countries using 220-240 volt power sources and sold individually or in a bundled kit. In addition, certain of our contracts include epidemic failure clauses. If invoked, these clauses may entitle the customer to return for replacement or obtain credits for products and inventory, as well as terminate an existing contract and cancel future purchase orders. In such instances, we may also be obligated to cover significant costs incurred by the customer associated with the consequences of such epidemic failure, including freight and transportation required for product replacement. Costs or payments we make in connection with an epidemic failure may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. If our products contain defects or errors, or are found to be noncompliant with industry standards, we could experience decreased sales and increased product returns, loss of customers and market share, and increased service, warranty and insurance costs. In addition, our reputation and brand could be damaged, and we could face legal claims regarding our products. A product liability or other claim could result in negative publicity and harm our reputation, resulting in unexpected expenses and adversely impact our operating results. For instance, if a third party were able to successfully overcome the security measures in our products, such a person or entity could misappropriate customer data, third party data stored by our customers and other information, including intellectual property. In addition, the operations of our end-user customers may be interrupted. If that happens, affected end-users or others may file actions against us alleging product liability, tort, or breach of warranty claims.

If we fail to continue to introduce new products that achieve broad market acceptance on a timely basis, we will not be able to compete effectively and we will be unable to increase or maintain net revenue and gross margins.

We operate in a highly competitive, quickly changing environment, and our future success depends on our ability to develop and introduce new products that achieve broad market acceptance in the small business and home markets. Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to identify demand trends in the small business and home markets and quickly develop, manufacture and sell products that satisfy these demands in a cost effective manner. Successfully predicting demand trends is difficult, and it is very difficult to predict the effect introducing a new product will have on existing product sales. We will also need to respond effectively to new product announcements by our competitors by quickly introducing competitive products.

We have experienced delays and quality issues in releasing new products in the past, which resulted in lower quarterly net revenue than expected. In addition, we have experienced, and may in the future experience, product introductions that fall short of our projected rates of market adoption. Any future delays in product development and introduction or product introductions that do not meet broad market acceptance could result in:

loss of or delay in revenue and loss of market share;

negative publicity and damage to our reputation and brand;

a decline in the average selling price of our products;

adverse reactions in our sales channels, such as reduced shelf space, reduced online product visibility, or loss of sales channel; and

increased levels of product returns.

We depend substantially on our sales channels, and our failure to maintain and expand our sales channels would result in lower sales and reduced net revenue.

To maintain and grow our market share, net revenue and brand, we must maintain and expand our sales channels. We sell our products through our sales channels, which consists of traditional retailers, online retailers, DMRs, VARs, and broadband service providers. Some of these entities purchase our products through our wholesale distributors. We generally have no minimum purchase commitments or long-term contracts with any of these third parties.

Traditional retailers have limited shelf space and promotional budgets, and competition is intense for these resources. If the networking sector does not experience sufficient growth, retailers may choose to allocate more shelf space to other consumer product sectors. A competitor with more extensive product lines and stronger brand identity, such as Cisco Systems, may have greater bargaining power with these retailers. Any reduction in available shelf space or increased competition for such shelf space would require us to increase our marketing expenditures simply to maintain current levels of retail shelf space, which would harm our operating margin. The recent trend in the consolidation of online retailers and DMR channels has resulted in intensified competition for preferred product placement, such as product placement on an online retailer’s internet home page. Expanding our presence in the VAR channel may be difficult and expensive. We compete with established companies that have longer operating histories and longstanding relationships with VARs that we would find highly desirable as sales channel partners. We also sell products to broadband service providers. Competition for selling to broadband service providers is intense. Penetrating service provider accounts typically involves a long sales cycle and the challenge of displacing incumbent suppliers with established relationships and field-deployed products. If we were unable to maintain and expand our sales channels, our growth would be limited and our business would be harmed.

We must also continuously monitor and evaluate emerging sales channels. If we fail to establish a presence in an important developing sales channel, our business could be harmed.

We depend on a limited number of third party manufacturers for substantially all of our manufacturing needs. If these third party manufacturers experience any delay, disruption or quality control problems in their operations, we could lose market share and our brand may suffer.

All of our products are manufactured, assembled, tested and generally packaged by a limited number of original design manufacturers (“ODMs”), contract manufacturers (“CMs”) and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”). We rely on our manufacturers to procure components and, in some cases, subcontract engineering work. Some of our products are manufactured by a single manufacturer. We do not have any long-term contracts with any of our third party manufacturers. Some of these third party manufacturers produce products for our competitors. Due to weak economic conditions, the viability of some of these third party manufacturers may be at risk. The loss of the services of any of our primary third party manufacturers could cause a significant disruption in operations and delays in product shipments. Qualifying a new manufacturer and commencing volume production is expensive and time consuming.

Our reliance on third party manufacturers also exposes us to the following risks over which we have limited control:

unexpected increases in manufacturing and repair costs;

inability to control the quality of finished products;

inability to control delivery schedules; and

potential lack of adequate capacity to manufacture all or a part of the products we require.

All of our products must satisfy safety and regulatory standards and some of our products must also receive government certifications. Our ODMs, CMs and OEMs are primarily responsible for obtaining most regulatory approvals for our products. If our ODMs, CMs and OEMs fail to obtain timely domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certificates, we would be unable to sell our products and our sales and profitability could be reduced, our relationships with our sales channel could be harmed, and our reputation and brand would suffer.

Specifically, substantially all of our manufacturing occurs in mainland China and any disruptions from natural disasters, health epidemics and political, social and economic instability would affect the ability of our ODMs to manufacture our products. If our manufacturers or warehousing facilities are disrupted or destroyed, we would have no other readily available alternatives for manufacturing our products and our business would be

significantly harmed. Further, if the ODMs, CMs and OEMs fail to maintain good relations with their employees or contractors, and production and manufacturing of our products is affected, then we may be subject to shortages of products and quality of products delivered may be affected.

If disruptions in our transportation network occur or our shipping costs substantially increase, we may be unable to sell or timely deliver our products and our operating expenses could increase.

We are highly dependent upon the transportation systems we use to ship our products, including surface and air freight. Our attempts to closely match our inventory levels to our product demand intensify the need for our transportation systems to function effectively and without delay. On a quarterly basis, our shipping volume also tends to steadily increase as the quarter progresses, which means that any disruption in our transportation network in the latter half of a quarter will have a more material effect on our business than at the beginning of a quarter.

The transportation network is subject to disruption or congestion from a variety of causes, including labor disputes or port strikes, acts of war or terrorism, natural disasters and congestion resulting from higher shipping volumes. Labor disputes among freight carriers and at ports of entry are common, especially in Europe, and we expect labor unrest and its effects on shipping our products to be a continuing challenge for us. Since September 11, 2001, the rate of inspection of international freight by governmental entities has substantially increased, and has become increasingly unpredictable. If our delivery times increase unexpectedly for these or any other reasons, our ability to deliver products on time would be materially adversely affected and result in delayed or lost revenue as well as customer imposed penalties. In addition, if increases in fuel prices occur, our transportation costs would likely increase. Moreover, the cost of shipping our products by air freight is greater than other methods. From time to time in the past, including in the fourth quarter of 2009, we have shipped products using extensive air freight to meet unexpected spikes in demand, shifts in demand between product categories and to bring new product introductions to market quickly. If we rely more heavily upon air freight to deliver our products, our overall shipping costs will increase. A prolonged transportation disruption or a significant increase in the cost of freight could severely disrupt our business and harm our operating results.

We are exposed to the credit risk of some of our customers and to credit exposures in weakened markets, which could result in material losses.

A substantial portion of our sales are on an open credit basis, with typical payment terms of 30 to 60 days in the United States and, because of local customs or conditions, longer in some markets outside the United States. We monitor individual customer financial viability in granting such open credit arrangements, seek to limit such open credit to amounts we believe the customers can pay, and maintain reserves we believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts.

In the past, there have been bankruptcies amongst our customer base. Although any resulting loss has not been material to date, future losses, if incurred, could harm our business and have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. To the degree that the recent turmoil in the credit markets makes it more difficult for some customers to obtain financing, our customers’ ability to pay could be adversely impacted, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

If we fail to successfully overcome the challenges associated with profitably growing our broadband service provider sales channel, our net revenue and gross profit will be negatively impacted.

We sell a substantial portion of our products through broadband service providers worldwide. We face a number of challenges associated with penetrating, marketing and selling to the broadband service provider channel that differ from what we have traditionally faced with the other channels. These challenges include a longer sales cycle, more stringent product testing and validation requirements, a higher level of customization demands, requirements that suppliers take on a larger share of the risk with respect to contractual business terms,

competition from established suppliers, pricing pressure resulting in lower gross margins, and our general inexperience in selling to service providers. Orders from service providers generally tend to be large but sporadic, which causes our revenues from them to fluctuate and challenges our ability to accurately forecast demand from them. In certain cases, we may commit to fixed price long term purchase orders, with such orders priced in foreign currencies which could lose value over time in the event of adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. Even if we are selected as a supplier, typically a service provider will also designate a second source supplier, which over time will reduce the aggregate orders that we receive from that service provider. If we were to lose a service provider customer for any reason, we may experience a material and immediate reduction in forecasted revenue that may cause us to be below our net revenue and operating margin expectations for a particular period of time and therefore adversely affect our stock price. In addition, service providers may choose to prioritize the implementation of other technologies or the roll out of other services than home networking. Weakness in orders from this industry could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. We have seen a slowdown in capital expenditures by certain of our service provider customers, and believe there may be potential for a similar slowdown in certain other service provider customersin the next few quarters. Any slowdown in the general economy, over capacity, consolidation among service providers, regulatory developments and constraint on capital expenditures could result in reduced demand from service providers and therefore adversely affect our sales to them. If we do not successfully overcome these challenges, we will not be able to profitably grow our service provider sales channel and our growth will be slowed.

As part of growing our business, we have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions. If we fail to successfully select, execute or integrate our acquisitions, then our business and operating results could be harmed and our stock price could decline.

From time to time, we will undertake acquisitions to add new product lines and technologies, gain new sales channels or enter into new sales territories. Acquisitions involve numerous risks and challenges, including but not limited to the following:

integrating the companies, assets, systems, products, sales channels and personnel that we acquire;

growing or maintaining revenues to justify the purchase price and the increased expenses associated with acquisitions;

entering into territories or markets that we have limited or no prior experience with;

establishing or maintaining business relationships with customers, vendors and suppliers who may be new to us;

overcoming the employee, customer, vendor and supplier turnover that may occur as a result of the acquisition; and

diverting management’s attention from running the day to day operations of our business.

As part of undertaking an acquisition, we may also significantly revise our capital structure or operational budget, such as issuing common stock that would dilute the ownership percentage of our stockholders, assuming liabilities or debt, utilizing a substantial portion of our cash resources to pay for the acquisition or significantly increasing operating expenses. Our acquisitions have resulted and may in the future result in charges being taken in an individual quarter as well as future periods, which results in variability in our quarterly earnings. In addition, our effective tax rate in any particular quarter may also be impacted by acquisitions.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in selecting, executing and integrating acquisitions. Failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions could materially harm our business and operating results. In addition, if stock market analysts or our stockholders do not support or believe in the value of the acquisitions that we choose to undertake, our stock price may decline.

If we lose the services of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Patrick C.S. Lo, or our other key personnel, we may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively.

Our future success depends in large part upon the continued services of our key technical, sales, marketing and senior management personnel. In particular, the services of Patrick C.S. Lo, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who has led our company since its inception, are very important to our business. We do not maintain any key person life insurance policies. The loss of any of our senior management or other key research, development, sales or marketing personnel, particularly if lost to competitors, could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing needs of the small business and home markets. While we have adopted an emergency succession plan for the short term, we have not formally adopted a long term succession plan. As a result, if we suffer the loss of services of any key executive, our long term business results may be harmed. In addition, because we do not have a formal long term succession plan, we may not be able to have the proper personnel in place to effectively execute our long term business strategy if Patrick Lo or other key personnel retire, resign or are otherwise terminated.

We rely on a limited number of retailers and wholesale distributors for most of our sales, and if they refuse to pay our requested prices or reduce their level of purchases, our net revenue could decline.

We sell a substantial portion of our products through retailers, including Best Buy Co., Inc., and wholesale distributors, including Ingram Micro, Inc. During the year ended December 31, 2009, sales to Ingram Micro and its affiliates accounted for 11% of our net revenue and sales to Best Buy accounted for 11% of our net revenue. We expect that a significant portion of our net revenue will continue to come from sales to a small number of retailers and wholesale distributors for the foreseeable future. In addition, because our accounts receivable are concentrated with a small group of purchasers, the failure of any of them to pay on a timely basis, or at all, would reduce our cash flow. We generally have no minimum purchase commitments or long-term contracts with any of these retailers or distributors. These purchasers could decide at any time to discontinue, decrease or delay their purchases of our products. In addition, the prices that they pay for our products are subject to negotiation and could change at any time. If any of our major retailers or wholesale distributors reduce their level of purchases or refuse to pay the prices that we set for our products, our net revenue and operating results could be harmed. If our retailers or wholesale distributors increase the size of their product orders without sufficient lead-time for us to process the order, our ability to fulfill product demands would be compromised.

If our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets become impaired we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

Under generally accepted accounting principles, we review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be considered when determining if the carrying value of our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets may not be recoverable include a significant decline in our expected future cash flows or a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization.

As a result of our acquisitions, we have significant goodwill and amortizable intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet. In addition, significant negative industry or economic trends, such as those that have occurred in the last twelve months, including reduced estimates of future cash flows or disruptions to our business could indicate that goodwill or amortizable intangible assets might be impaired. If, in any period our stock price decreases to the point where our market capitalization is less than our book value, this too could indicate a potential impairment and we may be required to record an impairment charge in that period. Our valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on projections of future operating performance. We operate in highly competitive environments and projections of future operating results and cash flows may vary significantly from actual results. As a result, we may incur substantial impairment charges to earnings in our financial statements should an impairment of our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets be determined resulting in an adverse impact on our results of operations.

If we are unable to provide our third party manufacturers a timely and accurate forecast of our component and material requirements, we may experience delays in the manufacturing of our products and the costs of our products may increase.

We provide our third party manufacturers with a rolling forecast of demand, which they use to determine our material and component requirements. Lead times for ordering materials and components vary significantly and depend on various factors, such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand and supply for a component at a given time. Some of our components have long lead times, such as wireless local area network chipsets, switching fabric chips, physical layer transceivers, connector jacks and metal and plastic enclosures. If our forecasts are not timely provided or are less than our actual requirements, our third party manufacturers may be unable to manufacture products in a timely manner. If our forecasts are too high, our third party manufacturers will be unable to use the components they have purchased on our behalf. The cost of the components used in our products tends to drop rapidly as volumes increase and the technologies mature. Therefore, if our third party manufacturers are unable to promptly use components purchased on our behalf, our cost of producing products may be higher than our competitors due to an oversupply of higher-priced components. Moreover, if they are unable to use components ordered at our direction, we will need to reimburse them for any losses they incur.

We rely upon third parties for technology that is critical to our products, and if we are unable to continue to use this technology and future technology, our ability to develop, sell, maintain and support technologically innovative products would be limited.

We rely on third parties to obtain non-exclusive patented hardware and software license rights in technologies that are incorporated into and necessary for the operation and functionality of most of our products. In these cases, because the intellectual property we license is available from third parties, barriers to entry may be lower than if we owned exclusive rights to the technology we license and use. On the other hand, if a competitor or potential competitor enters into an exclusive arrangement with any of our key third party technology providers, or if any of these providers unilaterally decide not to do business with us for any reason, our ability to develop and sell products containing that technology would be severely limited. If we are shipping products which contain third party technology that we subsequently lose the right to license, then we will not be able to continue to offer or support those products. Our licenses often require royalty payments or other consideration to third parties. Our success will depend in part on our continued ability to have access to these technologies, and we do not know whether these third party technologies will continue to be licensed to us on commercially acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to license the necessary technology, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology of lower quality or performance standards. This would limit and delay our ability to offer new or competitive products and increase our costs of production. As a result, our margins, market share, and operating results could be significantly harmed.

We also utilize third party software development companies to develop, customize, maintain and support software that is incorporated into our products. If these companies fail to timely deliver or continuously maintain and support the software that we require of them, we may experience delays in releasing new products or difficulties with supporting existing products and customers. In addition, if these third parties licensors fail, then we may be unable to continue to sell products that incorporate the licensed technologies and we may be unable to continue to maintain and support these products.

If the redemption rate for our end-user promotional programs is higher than we estimate, then our net revenue and gross margin will be negatively affected.

From time to time we offer promotional incentives, including cash rebates, to encourage end-users to purchase certain of our products. Purchasers must follow specific and stringent guidelines to redeem these incentives or rebates. Often qualified purchasers choose not to apply for the incentives or fail to follow the required redemption guidelines, resulting in an incentive redemption rate of less than 100%. Based on historical data, we estimate an incentive redemption rate for our promotional programs. If the actual redemption rate is higher than our estimated rate, then our net revenue and gross margin will be negatively affected.

If we are unable to secure and protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete could be harmed.

We rely upon third parties for a substantial portion of the intellectual property we use in our products. At the same time, we rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws, nondisclosure agreements with employees, consultants and suppliers and other contractual provisions to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights. Despite efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized third parties may attempt to design around, copy aspects of our product design or obtain and use technology or other intellectual property associated with our products. For example, one of our primary intellectual property assets is the NETGEAR name, trademark and logo. We may be unable to stop third parties from adopting similar names, trademarks and logos, especially in those international markets where our intellectual property rights may be less protected. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technology or design around our intellectual property. Our inability to secure and protect our intellectual property rights could significantly harm our brand and business, operating results and financial condition.

Our sales and operations in international markets expose us to operational, financial and regulatory risks.

International sales comprise a significant amount of our overall net revenue. International sales were 54% of overall net revenue in fiscal 2009. We continue to be committed to growing our international sales. We have committed resources to expanding our international operations and sales channels and these efforts may not be successful. International operations are subject to a number of other risks, including:

political and economic instability, international terrorism and anti-American sentiment, particularly in emerging markets;

preference for locally branded products, and laws and business practices favoring local competition;

exchange rate fluctuations;

increased difficulty in managing inventory;

delayed revenue recognition;

less effective protection of intellectual property;

stringent consumer protection and product compliance regulations, including but not limited to the Restriction of Hazardous Substances directive, the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment directive and the recently enacted Ecodesign directive (EuP) in Europe, that may vary from country to country and that are costly to comply with;

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations; and

changes in local tax laws.

We are required to comply with local environmental legislation and our customers rely on this compliance in order to sell our products. If our customers do not agree with our interpretations and requirements of new legislation, such as the European Ecodesign directive (EuP), they may cease to order our products and our revenue would be harmed.

We intend to expand our operations and infrastructure, which may strain our operations and increase our operating expenses.

We intend to expand our operations and pursue market opportunities domestically and internationally to grow our sales. We expect that this attempted expansion will require enhancements to our existing management information systems, and operational and financial controls. In addition, if we continue to grow, our expenditures will likely be significantly higher than our historical costs. We may not be able to install adequate controls in an efficient and timely manner as our business grows, and our current systems may not be adequate to support our

future operations. The difficulties associated with installing and implementing new systems, procedures and controls may place a significant burden on our management, operational and financial resources. In addition, if we grow internationally, we will have to expand and enhance our communications infrastructure. If we fail to continue to improve our management information systems, procedures and financial controls or encounter unexpected difficulties during expansion, our business could be harmed.

For example, we have invested, and will continue to invest, significant capital and human resources in the design and enhancement of our financial and enterprise resource planning systems, which may be disruptive to our underlying business. We depend on these systems in order to timely and accurately process and report key components of our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. If the systems fail to operate appropriately or we experience any disruptions or delays in enhancing their functionality to meet current business requirements, our ability to fulfill customer orders, bill and track our customers, fulfill contractual obligations, accurately report our financials and otherwise run our business could be adversely affected. Even if we do not encounter these adverse effects, the enhancement of systems may be much more costly than we anticipated. If we are unable to continue to enhance our information technology systems as planned, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted.

Governmental regulations of imports or exports affecting internet security could affect our net revenue.

Any additional governmental regulation of imports or exports or failure to obtain required export approval of our encryption technologies could adversely affect our international and domestic sales. The United States and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements, and restrictions on the import or export of some technologies, especially encryption technology. In addition, from time to time, governmental agencies have proposed additional regulation of encryption technology, such as requiring the escrow and governmental recovery of private encryption keys. In response to terrorist activity, governments could enact additional regulation or restriction on the use, import, or export of encryption technology. This additional regulation of encryption technology could delay or prevent the acceptance and use of encryption products and public networks for secure communications, resulting in decreased demand for our products and services. In addition, some foreign competitors are subject to less stringent controls on exporting their encryption technologies. As a result, they may be able to compete more effectively than we can in the United States and the international internet security market.

We moved into a new corporate headquarters in the third quarter of 2008. If we cannot effectively manage the remaining lease term of our old facilities, then we will be forced to take additional charges related to such facilities.

We moved into our new corporate headquarters in the third quarter of 2008. The existing lease on our former Santa Clara corporate headquarters does not expire until the end of 2010. We have subleased a portion of this facility and taken a restructuring charge for the balance of the lease costs. In the second quarter of 2009, one of our sub-lessees was unable to meet its rental obligation to us, and we were required to take a restructuring charge to increase our liability for remaining lease costs. We have yet to find a replacement tenant for the defaulting sub-lessee and in the current real estate market, we may not be able to do so in the near future, if at all. Additionally, in the third quarter of 2009, we agreed to reduce the monthly facility maintenance fees owed to us by another sub-lessee resulting in an increase of the accrual for restructuring charges related to the lease. If any additional sub-lessee moves out or is unable to meet its obligations to us, we would have to record an additional charge associated with such excess space.

We depend on large, recurring purchases from certain significant customers, and a loss, cancellation or delay in purchases by these customers could negatively affect our revenue.

The loss of recurring orders from any of our more significant customers could cause our revenue and profitability to suffer. Our ability to attract new customers will depend on a variety of factors, including the cost-

effectiveness, reliability, scalability, breadth and depth of our products. In addition, a change in the mix of our customers, or a change in the mix of direct and indirect sales, could adversely affect our revenue and gross margins.

Although our financial performance may depend on large, recurring orders from certain customers and resellers, we do not generally have binding commitments from them. For example:

our reseller agreements generally do not require substantial minimum purchases;

our customers can stop purchasing and our resellers can stop marketing our products at any time; and

our reseller agreements generally are not exclusive and are for one-year terms, with no obligation of the resellers to renew the agreements.

Further, our revenue may be impacted by significant one-time purchases which are not contemplated to be repeatable. While such purchases are reflected in our financial statements, we do not rely on and do not forecast for continued significant one-time purchases. As a result, lack of repeatable one-time purchases will adversely affect our revenue.

Because our expenses are based on our revenue forecasts, a substantial reduction or delay in sales of our products to, or unexpected returns from, customers and resellers, or the loss of any significant customer or reseller, could harm or otherwise disrupt our business. Although our largest customers may vary from period to period, we anticipate that our operating results for any given period will continue to depend on large orders from a small number of customers.

We are exposed to credit risk and fluctuations in the market values of our investment portfolio.

Although we have not recognized any material losses on our cash equivalents and short-term investments, future declines in their market values could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. Given the global nature of our business, we have investments with both domestic and international financial institutions. If these financial institutions default on their obligations or their credit ratings are negatively impacted by liquidity issues, credit deterioration or losses, financial results, or other factors, the value of our cash equivalents and short-term investments could decline and result in a material impairment, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

Economic conditions, political events, war, terrorism, public health issues, natural disasters and other circumstances could materially adversely affect us.

Our corporate headquarters are located in Northern California and one of our warehouses is located in Southern California, regions known for seismic activity. In addition, substantially all of our manufacturing occurs in two geographically concentrated areas in mainland China, where disruptions from natural disasters, health epidemics and political, social and economic instability may affect the region. If our manufacturers or warehousing facilities are disrupted or destroyed, we would be unable to distribute our products on a timely basis, which could harm our business.

Moreover, if our computer information systems or communication systems, or those of our vendors or customers, are subject to disruptive hacker attacks or other disruptions, our business could suffer. We have not established a formal disaster recovery plan. Our back-up operations may be inadequate and our business interruption insurance may not be enough to compensate us for any losses that may occur. A significant business interruption could result in losses or damages and harm our business. For example, much of our order fulfillment process is automated and the order information is stored on our servers. If our computer systems and servers go down even for a short period at the end of a fiscal quarter, our ability to recognize revenue would be delayed until we were again able to process and ship our orders, which could cause our stock price to decline significantly.

We depend significantly on worldwide economic conditions and their impact on levels of consumer spending, which have recently deteriorated significantly in many countries and regions, including without limitation the United States, and may remain depressed for the foreseeable future. Factors that could influence the levels of consumer spending include increases in fuel and other energy costs, conditions in the residential real estate and mortgage markets, labor and healthcare costs, access to credit, consumer confidence and other macroeconomic factors affecting consumer spending behavior.

In addition, war, terrorism, geopolitical uncertainties, public health issues, and other business interruptions have caused and could cause damage or disruption to international commerce and the global economy, and thus could have a strong negative effect on us, our suppliers, logistics providers, manufacturing vendors and customers. Our business operations are subject to interruption by natural disasters, fire, power shortages, terrorist attacks, and other hostile acts, labor disputes, public health issues, and other events beyond our control. Such events could decrease demand for our products, make it difficult or impossible for us to make and deliver products to our customers or to receive components from our suppliers, and create delays and inefficiencies in our supply chain. Should major public health issues, including pandemics, arise, we could be negatively affected by more stringent employee travel restrictions, additional limitations in freight services, governmental actions limiting the movement of products between regions, delays in production ramps of new products, and disruptions in the operations of our manufacturing vendors and component suppliers.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.Properties

Our principal administrative, sales, marketing and research and development facilities currently occupy approximately 142,700 square feet in an office complex in San Jose, California, under a lease that expires in March 2018.

Our international headquarters occupy approximately 10,000 square feet in an office complex in Cork, Ireland, under a lease entered into in February 2006 and expiring in December 2026. Our international sales personnel reside in local sales offices or home offices in Austria, Australia, Brazil, China, Czech Republic, Denmark, France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Poland, Russia, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the Netherlands, the United Arab Emirates, and the United Kingdom. We also have operations personnel using a leased facility in Hong Kong. We also maintain research and development facilities in Beijing, Guangzhou, Nanjing, and Shanghai, China, and in Taipei, Taiwan. From time to time we consider various alternatives related to our long-term facilities needs. While we believe our existing facilities are adequate to meet our immediate needs, it may be necessary to lease additional space to accommodate future growth.

We use third parties to provide warehousing services to us, consisting of facilities in Southern California, Hong Kong and the Netherlands.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

The information set forth under Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Form 10-K, is incorporated herein by reference. For an additional discussion of certain risks associated with legal proceedings, see the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K.

Item 4.Reserved

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers (who are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of March 1, 2007.

February 16, 2010.

Name

  Age  

Position

Patrick C.S. Lo

  
Name
Age
Position
Patrick C.S. Lo5053  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Mark G. Merrill

  5255  Chief Technology Officer

Michael F. Falcon

  5053  Senior Vice President of Operations

Christine M. Gorjanc

  5053  Chief AccountingFinancial Officer
Albert Y. Liu

Andrew W. Kim

  3439  Vice President, Legal and Corporate Development, Corporate Secretary

Charles T. Olson

  5154  Senior Vice President of Engineering

David Soares

  4043  Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Support

Michael A. Werdann

  3841  Vice President of Americas Sales
Deborah A. Williams49Senior Vice President, Marketing and Chief Marketing Officer


8


Patrick C.S. Lois our co-founder and has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since March 2002. From September 1999Patrick founded NETGEAR with Mark G. Merrill with the singular vision of providing the appliances to March 2002, he served as our President,enable everyone in the world to connect to the high speed internet for information, communication, business transactions, education, and since our inception in 1996 to September 1999, he served as Vice President and General Manager. Mr. Lo joined Bay Networks, a networking company, in August 1995 to launch a division targeting the small business and home markets and established the NETGEAR division in January 1996.entertainment. From 1983 until 1995, Mr. Lo worked at Hewlett-Packard Company, a computer and test equipment company, where he served in various management positions in software sales, technical support, network product management, sales support and marketing in the United StatesU.S. and Asia, including as the Asia/Pacific marketing director for Unix servers.Asia. Mr. Lo received a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineeringelectrical engineering from Brown University.

Mark G. Merrillis our co-founder and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since January 2003. From September 1999 to January 2003, he served as Vice President of Engineering and served as Director of Engineering from September 1995 to September 1999. From 1987 to 1995, Mr. Merrill worked at SynOptics Communications, a local area networking company, which later merged with Wellfleet to become Bay Networks, where his responsibilities included system design and analog implementations for SynOptic’sSynOptics’ first 10BASE-T products. Mr. Merrill received both a B.S. degree and an M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University.

Michael F. Falconhas served as our Senior Vice President of Operations since March 2006 and Vice President of Operations since November 2002. From September 1999 to November 2002, Mr. Falcon worked at Quantum Corporation, a data technology company, where he served as Vice President of Operations and Supply Chain Management. From April 1999 to September 1999, Mr. Falcon was at Meridian Data, a storage company acquired by Quantum Corporation, where he served as Vice President of Operations. From February 1989 to April 1999, Mr. Falcon was at Silicon Valley Group, a semiconductor equipment manufacturer, where he served as Director of Operations, Strategic Planning and Supply Chain Management. Prior to that, he served in management positions at SCI Systems, an electronics manufacturer, Xerox Imaging Systems, a provider of scanning and text recognition solutions, and Plantronics, Inc., a provider of lightweight communication headsets. Mr. Falcon received a B.A. degree in Economics from the University of California, Santa Cruz and has completed coursework in the M.B.A. program at Santa Clara University.

Christine M. Gorjanchas served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2008, as our Chief Accounting Officer since December 2006 and as our Vice President, Finance since November 2005. From September 1996 through November 2005, Ms. Gorjanc served as Vice President, Controller, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary for Aspect Communications Corporation, a provider of workforce and customer management solutions. From October 1988 through September 1996, she served as the Manager of Tax for Tandem Computers, Inc., a provider of fault-tolerant computer systems. Prior to that, she served in management positions at Xidex Corporation, a manufacturer of storage devices, and spent eight years in public accounting with a number of accounting firms. Ms. Gorjanc holds a B.A. in Accounting (with honors) from the University of Texas at El Paso and a M.S. in Taxation from Golden Gate University, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

University.

Albert Y. LiuAndrew W. Kimhas served as our Vice President, Legal and Corporate Development and Corporate Secretary since March 2006October 2008 and as our Associate General Counsel since March 2008. Prior to joining NETGEAR, Mr. Kim served as Special Counsel in the Corporate and Secretary since October 2004. From March 2004 to October 2004, Mr. Liu consulted as Acting General CounselSecurities Department of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, where he represented public and Secretary for Yipes Enterprise Services, Inc., an emerging telecom services company. From May 2000 to June 2004, Mr. Liu workedprivate technology companies in a wide range of matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing arrangements, securities law compliance and corporate governance. In between two terms at Turnstone Systems, Inc., a telecommunications equipment provider, whereWilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, he served as General CounselPartner in the Business and Secretary, as DirectorFinance Department of Human Resources since September 2001Schwartz Cooper Chartered in Chicago, Illinois, and as a memberwas an Adjunct Professor of Entrepreneurship at the boardIllinois Institute of directors since November 2003. Prior to that,Technology. Mr. Liu practiced corporate and securities law at Sullivan & Cromwell, a leading U.S. law firm, from October 1997 to May 2000. Mr. LiuKim holds a J.D. from the University of California, Hastings College of theCornell Law School, and an A.B.received a B.A. degree in Political Science and a B.S. in Computer Sciencehistory from StanfordYale University.

Charles T. Olsonhas served as our Senior Vice President of Engineering since March 2006 and our Vice President of Engineering since January 2003. From July 1978 to January 2003, Mr. Olson worked at Hewlett-Packard Company, a computer and test equipment company, where he served as Director of Research and Development for ProCurve networking from 1998 to 2003, as Research and Development Manager for the Enterprise Netserver division from 1997 to 1998, and, prior to that, in various other engineering management roles in Hewlett-Packard’s Unix server and personal computer product divisions. Mr. Olson received a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of California, Davis and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University.


9


David Soareshas served as our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Support since August 2004. Mr. Soares joined us in January 1998, and served as Vice President of EMEA sales from December 2003 to July 2004, EMEA Managing Director from April 2000 to November 2003, United Kingdom and Nordic Regional Manager from February 1999 to March 2000 and United Kingdom Country Manager from January 1998 to January 1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Soares was at Hayes Microcomputer Products, a manufacturer ofdial-up modems. Mr. Soares attended Ridley College, Ontario Canada.

Michael A. Werdannhas served as our Vice President of Americas Sales since December 2003. Since joining us in 1998, Mr. Werdann has served as our United States Director of Sales,E-Commerce and DMR from December 2002 to 2003 and as our Eastern regional sales director from October 1998 to December 2002. Prior to joining us, Mr. Werdann worked for three years at Iomega Corporation, a computer hardware company, as a sales director for the value added reseller sector. Mr. Werdann holds a B.S. Degree in Communications from Seton Hall University.

Deborah A. Williamshas served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing and Chief Marketing Officer since September 2006. From 1984 through 2005, Ms. Williams worked at Hewlett-Packard Company, a computer and test equipment company, where she held various executive-level marketing positions, most recently as Vice President of Marketing for the Business Imaging and Printing Global Business Unit. Ms. Williams previously served as Vice President of Marketing of the LaserJet Supplies Division, Vice President of Category Operations and Marketing of the Supplies Global Business Unit, Director of Marketing of the DeskJet Printers Division, Director of Consumer Marketing of the European Peripherals Group, and Director of Support of the European Computer Products Sales Unit. Ms. Williams holds a B.A. in Industrial Distribution from Clarkson University, and an M.B.A. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management.

PART II

Item 1A.Risk Factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. The risks described below are not exhaustive of the risks that might affect our business. Other risks, including those we currently deem immaterial, may also impact our business. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business operations, results of operations and financial condition and could result in a significant decline in our stock price.
We expect our operating results to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.
Our operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate substantially fromquarter-to-quarter oryear-to-year for a variety of reasons, many of which are beyond our control. If our actual revenue were to fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts or investors, our quarterly and annual results would be negatively impacted and the price of our stock could decline. Other factors that could affect our quarterly and annual operating results include those listed in this risk factors section of thisForm 10-K and others such as:
• changes in the pricing policies of or the introduction of new products by us or our competitors;
• changes in the terms of our contracts with customers or suppliers that cause us to incur additional expenses or assume additional liabilities;
• slow or negative growth in the networking product, personal computer, Internet infrastructure, home electronics and related technology markets, as well as decreased demand for Internet access;
• changes in or consolidation of our sales channels and wholesale distributor relationships or failure to manage our sales channel inventory and warehousing requirements;
• delay or failure to fulfill orders for our products on a timely basis;
• our inability to accurately forecast product demand;
• unfavorable level of inventory and turns;
• unanticipated shift in overall product mix from higher to lower margin products which would adversely impact our margins;


10


• delays in the introduction of new products by us or market acceptance of these products;
• an increase in price protection claims, redemptions of marketing rebates, product warranty returns or allowance for doubtful accounts;
• operational disruptions, such as transportation delays or failure of our order processing system, particularly if they occur at the end of a fiscal quarter;
• seasonal patterns of higher sales during the second half of our fiscal year, particularly retail-related sales in our fourth quarter;
• delay or failure of our service provider customers to purchase at the volumes that we forecast;
• foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the jurisdictions where we transact sales in local currency;
• bad debt exposure as we expand into new international markets; and
• changes in accounting rules, such as recording expenses for employee stock option grants.
As a result,period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on them as an indication of our future performance. In addition, our future operating results may fall below the expectations of public market analysts or investors. In this event, our stock price could decline significantly.
Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do, and to be competitive we may be required to lower our prices or increase our advertising expenditures or other expenses, which could result in reduced margins and loss of market share.
We compete in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive market, and we expect competition to intensify. Our principal competitors in the small business market include 3Com Corporation, Allied Telesyn International, Dell Computer Corporation, D-Link Systems, Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company, the Linksys division of Cisco Systems and Nortel Networks. Our principal competitors in the home market include Belkin Corporation, D-Link and the Linksys division of Cisco Systems. Our principal competitors in the broadband service provider market include AARIS Group, Inc., Motorola, Inc., Sagem Corporation, Scientific Atlanta, a Cisco company, Terayon Communications Systems, Inc., Thomson Corporation and 2Wire, Inc. Other current and potential competitors include numerous local vendors such as Siemens Corporation and AVM in Europe, Corega International SA, Melco, Inc./Buffalo Technology in Japan and TP-Link in China. Our potential competitors also include consumer electronics vendors who could integrate networking capabilities into their line of products, and our channel customers who may decide to offer self-branded networking products. We also face competition from service providers who may bundle a free networking device with their broadband service offering, which would reduce our sales if we are not the supplier of choice to those service providers.
Many of our existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources. These competitors may, among other things, undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies, obtain more favorable pricing from suppliers and manufacturers, and exert more influence on the sales channel than we can. We anticipate that current and potential competitors will also intensify their efforts to penetrate our target markets. These competitors may have more advanced technology, more extensive distribution channels, stronger brand names, greater access to shelf space in retail locations, bigger promotional budgets and larger customer bases than we do. These companies could devote more capital resources to develop, manufacture and market competing products than we could. If any of these companies are successful in competing against us, our sales could decline, our margins could be negatively impacted, and we could lose market share, any of which could seriously harm our business and results of operations.
If we do not effectively manage our sales channel inventory and product mix, we may incur costs associated with excess inventory, or lose sales from having too few products.
If we are unable to properly monitor, control and manage our sales channel inventory and maintain an appropriate level and mix of products with our wholesale distributors and within our sales channel, we may incur


11


increased and unexpected costs associated with this inventory. We generally allow wholesale distributors and traditional retailers to return a limited amount of our products in exchange for other products. Under our price protection policy, if we reduce the list price of a product, we are often required to issue a credit in an amount equal to the reduction for each of the products held in inventory by our wholesale distributors and retailers. If our wholesale distributors and retailers are unable to sell their inventory in a timely manner, we might lower the price of the products, or these parties may exchange the products for newer products. Also, during the transition from an existing product to a new replacement product, we must accurately predict the demand for the existing and the new product.
If we improperly forecast demand for our products we could end up with too many products and be unable to sell the excess inventory in a timely manner, if at all, or, alternatively we could end up with too few products and not be able to satisfy demand. This problem is exacerbated because we attempt to closely match inventory levels with product demand leaving limited margin for error. If these events occur, we could incur increased expenses associated with writing off excessive or obsolete inventory or lose sales or have to ship products by air freight to meet immediate demand incurring incremental freight costs above the costs of transporting product via boat, a preferred method, and suffering a corresponding decline in gross margins.
We are currently involved in various litigation matters and may in the future become involved in additional litigation, including litigation regarding intellectual property rights, which could be costly and subject us to significant liability.
The networking industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding infringement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the data communications markets, some of which are competitors, have extensive patent portfolios with respect to networking technology. From time to time, third parties, including these leading companies, have asserted and may continue to assert exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us demanding license or royalty payments or seeking payment for damages, injunctive relief and other available legal remedies through litigation. These include third parties who claim to own patents or other intellectual property that cover industry standards that our products comply with. If we are unable to resolve these matters or obtain licenses on acceptable or commercially reasonable terms, we could be sued or we may be forced to initiate litigation to protect our rights. The cost of any necessary licenses could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Also, at any time, any of these companies, or any other third-party could initiate litigation against us, or we may be forced to initiate litigation against them, which could divert management attention, be costly to defend or prosecute, prevent us from using or selling the challenged technology, require us to design around the challenged technology and cause the price of our stock to decline. In addition, third parties, some of whom are potential competitors, have initiated and may continue to initiate litigation against our manufacturers, suppliers or members of our sales channel, alleging infringement of their proprietary rights with respect to existing or future products. In the event successful claims of infringement are brought by third parties, and we are unable to obtain licenses or independently develop alternative technology on a timely basis, we may be subject to indemnification obligations, be unable to offer competitive products, or be subject to increased expenses. Finally, consumerclass-action lawsuits related to the marketing and performance of our home networking products have been asserted and may in the future be asserted against us. If we do not resolve these claims on a favorable basis, our business, operating results and financial condition could be significantly harmed.
The average selling prices of our products typically decrease rapidly over the sales cycle of the product, which may negatively affect our gross margins.
Our products typically experience price erosion, a fairly rapid reduction in the average selling prices over their respective sales cycles. In order to sell products that have a falling average selling price and maintain margins at the same time, we need to continually reduce product and manufacturing costs. To manage manufacturing costs, we must collaborate with our third-party manufacturers to engineer the most cost-effective design for our products. In addition, we must carefully manage the price paid for components used in our products. We must also successfully manage our freight and inventory costs to reduce overall product costs. We also need to continually introduce new products with higher sales prices and gross margins in order to maintain our overall gross margins. If we are unable


12


to manage the cost of older products or successfully introduce new products with higher gross margins, our net revenue and overall gross margin would likely decline.
Our future success is dependent on the growth in personal computers sales and the acceptance of networking products in the small business and home markets into which we sell substantially all of our products. If the acceptance of networking products in these markets does not continue to grow, we will be unable to increase or sustain our net revenue, and our business will be severely harmed.
We believe that growth in the small business market will depend, in significant part, on the growth of the number of personal computers purchased by these end-users and the demand for sharing data intensive applications, such as large graphic files. We believe that acceptance of networking products in the home will depend upon the availability of affordable broadband Internet access and increased demand for wireless products. Unless these markets continue to grow, our business will be unable to expand, which could cause the value of our stock to decline. Moreover, if networking functions are integrated more directly into personal computers and other Internet-enabled devices, such as electronic gaming platforms or personal video recorders, and these devices do not rely upon external network-enabling devices, sales of our products could suffer. In addition, if the small business or home markets experience a recession or other cyclical effects that diminish or delay networking expenditures, our business growth and profits would be severely limited, and our business could be more severely harmed than those companies that primarily sell to large business customers.
If we fail to continue to introduce new products that achieve broad market acceptance on a timely basis, we will not be able to compete effectively and we will be unable to increase or maintain net revenue and gross margins.
We operate in a highly competitive, quickly changing environment, and our future success depends on our ability to develop and introduce new products that achieve broad market acceptance in the small business and home markets. Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to identify demand trends in the small business and home markets and quickly develop, manufacture and sell products that satisfy these demands in a cost effective manner. Successfully predicting demand trends is difficult, and it is very difficult to predict the effect introducing a new product will have on existing product sales. We will also need to respond effectively to new product announcements by our competitors by quickly introducing competitive products.
We have experienced delays in releasing new products in the past, which resulted in lower quarterly net revenue than expected. In addition, we have experienced, and may in the future experience, product introductions that fall short of our projected rates of market adoption. Any future delays in product development and introduction or product introductions that do not meet broad market acceptance could result in:
• loss of or delay in revenue and loss of market share;
• negative publicity and damage to our reputation and brand;
• a decline in the average selling price of our products;
• adverse reactions in our sales channel, such as reduced shelf space, reduced online product visibility, or loss of sales channel; and
• increased levels of product returns.
We depend substantially on our sales channel, and our failure to maintain and expand our sales channel would result in lower sales and reduced net revenue.
To maintain and grow our market share, net revenue and brand, we must maintain and expand our sales channel. We sell our products through our sales channel, which consists of traditional retailers, on-line retailers, DMRs, VARs, and broadband service providers. Some of these entities purchase our products through our wholesale distributors. We generally have no minimum purchase commitments or long-term contracts with any of these third parties.


13


Traditional retailers have limited shelf space and promotional budgets, and competition is intense for these resources. If the networking sector does not experience sufficient growth, retailers may choose to allocate more shelf space to other consumer product sectors. A competitor with more extensive product lines and stronger brand identity, such as Cisco Systems, may have greater bargaining power with these retailers. Any reduction in available shelf space or increased competition for such shelf space would require us to increase our marketing expenditures simply to maintain current levels of retail shelf space, which would harm our operating margin. The recent trend in the consolidation of online retailers and DMR channels has resulted in intensified competition for preferred product placement, such as product placement on an online retailer’s Internet home page. Expanding our presence in the VAR channel may be difficult and expensive. We compete with established companies that have longer operating histories and longstanding relationships with VARs that we would find highly desirable as sales channel partners. If we were unable to maintain and expand our sales channel, our growth would be limited and our business would be harmed.
We must also continuously monitor and evaluate emerging sales channels. If we fail to establish a presence in an important developing sales channel, our business could be harmed.
If we fail to successfully overcome the challenges associated with profitably growing our broadband service provider sales channel, our net revenue and gross profit will be negatively impacted.
We face a number of challenges associated with penetrating the broadband service provider channel that differ from what we have traditionally faced with the other channels. These challenges include a longer sales cycle, more stringent product testing and validation requirements, a higher level of customer service and support demands, competition from established suppliers, pricing pressure resulting in lower gross margins, and our general inexperience in selling to service providers. Orders from service providers generally tend to be large but sporadic, which causes our revenues from them to fluctuate wildly and challenges our ability to accurately forecast demand from them. Even if we are selected as a supplier, typically a service provider will also designate a second source supplier, which over time will reduce the aggregate orders that we receive from that service provider. In addition, service providers may choose to prioritize the implementation of other technologies or the roll out of other services than home networking. Any slowdown in the general economy, over capacity, consolidation among service providers, regulatory developments and constraint on capital expenditures could result in reduced demand from service providers and therefore adversely affect our sales to them. If we do not successfully overcome these challenges, we will not be able to profitably grow our service provider sales channel and our growth will be slowed.
If our products contain defects or errors, we could incur significant unexpected expenses, experience product returns and lost sales, experience product recalls, suffer damage to our brand and reputation, and be subject to product liability or other claims.
Our products are complex and may contain defects, errors or failures, particularly when first introduced or when new versions are released. The industry standards upon which many of our products are based are also complex, experience change over time and may be interpreted in different manners. Some errors and defects may be discovered only after a product has been installed and used by the end-user. If our products contain defects or errors, or are found to be noncompliant with industry standards, we could experience decreased sales and increased product returns, loss of customers and market share, and increased service, warranty and insurance costs. In addition, our reputation and brand could be damaged, and we could face legal claims regarding our products. A successful product liability or other claim could result in negative publicity and harm our reputation, result in unexpected expenses and adversely impact our operating results.
We obtain several key components from limited or sole sources, and if these sources fail to satisfy our supply requirements, we may lose sales and experience increased component costs.
Any shortage or delay in the supply of key product components would harm our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries. Many of the semiconductors used in our products are specifically designed for use in our products and are obtained from sole source suppliers on a purchase order basis. In addition, some components that are used in all our products are obtained from limited sources. These components include connector jacks, plastic casings and physical layer transceivers. We also obtain switching fabric semiconductors, which are used in our


14


Ethernet switches and Internet gateway products, and wireless local area network chipsets, which are used in all of our wireless products, from a limited number of suppliers. Semiconductor suppliers have experienced and continue to experience component shortages themselves, such as with substrates used in manufacturing chipsets, which in turn adversely impact our ability to procure semiconductors from them. Our contract manufacturers purchase these components on our behalf on a purchase order basis, and we do not have any contractual commitments or guaranteed supply arrangements with our suppliers. If demand for a specific component increases, we may not be able to obtain an adequate number of that component in a timely manner. In addition, if our suppliers experience financial or other difficulties or if worldwide demand for the components they provide increases significantly, the availability of these components could be limited. It could be difficult, costly and time consuming to obtain alternative sources for these components, or to change product designs to make use of alternative components. In addition, difficulties in transitioning from an existing supplier to a new supplier could create delays in component availability that would have a significant impact on our ability to fulfill orders for our products. If we are unable to obtain a sufficient supply of components, or if we experience any interruption in the supply of components, our product shipments could be reduced or delayed. This would affect our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries, damage our brand and reputation in the market, and cause us to lose market share.
We are exposed to adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations in jurisdictions where we transact in local currency, which could harm our financial results and cash flows.
Although a significant portion of our international sales are currently invoiced in United States dollars, we have implemented and continue to implement for certain countries both invoicing and payment in foreign currencies. Recently, we have experienced currency exchange gains, however our exposure to adverse foreign currency rate fluctuations will likely increase. We currently do not engage in any currency hedging transactions. Moreover, the costs of doing business abroad may increase as a result of adverse exchange rate fluctuations. For example, if the United States dollar declined in value relative to a local currency, we could be required to pay more in U.S. dollar terms for our expenditures in that market, including salaries, commissions, local operations and marketing expenses, each of which is paid in local currency. In addition, we may lose customers if exchange rate fluctuations, currency devaluations or economic crises increase the local currency prices of our products or reduce our customers’ ability to purchase products.
Rising oil prices, unfavorable economic conditions, particularly in Western Europe, and turmoil in the international geopolitical environment may adversely affect our operating results.
We derive a significant percentage of our revenues from international sales, and a deterioration in global economic and market conditions, particularly in Western Europe, may result in reduced product demand, increased price competition and higher excess inventory levels. Turmoil in the global geopolitical environment, including the ongoing tensions in Iraq and the Middle-East, have pressured and continue to pressure global economies. In addition, rising oil prices may result in a reduction in consumer spending and an increase in freight costs to us. If the global economic climate does not improve, our business and operating results will be harmed.
If disruptions in our transportation network occur or our shipping costs substantially increase, we may be unable to sell or timely deliver our products and our operating expenses could increase.
We are highly dependent upon the transportation systems we use to ship our products, including surface and air freight. Our attempts to closely match our inventory levels to our product demand intensify the need for our transportation systems to function effectively and without delay. On a quarterly basis, our shipping volume also tends to steadily increase as the quarter progresses, which means that any disruption in our transportation network in the latter half of a quarter will have a more material effect on our business than at the beginning of a quarter.
The transportation network is subject to disruption or congestion from a variety of causes, including labor disputes or port strikes, acts of war or terrorism, natural disasters and congestion resulting from higher shipping volumes. Labor disputes among freight carriers and at ports of entry are common, especially in Europe, and we expect labor unrest and its effects on shipping our products to be a continuing challenge for us. Since September 11, 2001, the rate of inspection of international freight by governmental entities has substantially increased, and has become increasingly unpredictable. If our delivery times increase unexpectedly for these or any other reasons, our


15


ability to deliver products on time would be materially adversely affected and result in delayed or lost revenue. In addition, if the increases in fuel prices were to continue, our transportation costs would likely further increase. Moreover, the cost of shipping our products by air freight is greater than other methods. From time to time in the past, we have shipped products using air freight to meet unexpected spikes in demand or to bring new product introductions to market quickly. If we rely more heavily upon air freight to deliver our products, our overall shipping costs will increase. A prolonged transportation disruption or a significant increase in the cost of freight could severely disrupt our business and harm our operating results.
We rely on a limited number of wholesale distributors for most of our sales, and if they refuse to pay our requested prices or reduce their level of purchases, our net revenue could decline.
We sell a substantial portion of our products through wholesale distributors, including Ingram Micro, Inc. and Tech Data Corporation. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, sales to Ingram Micro and its affiliates accounted for 19% of our net revenue and sales to Tech Data and its affiliates accounted for 16% of our net revenue. We expect that a significant portion of our net revenue will continue to come from sales to a small number of wholesale distributors for the foreseeable future. In addition, because our accounts receivable are concentrated with a small group of purchasers, the failure of any of them to pay on a timely basis, or at all, would reduce our cash flow. We generally have no minimum purchase commitments or long-term contracts with any of these distributors. These purchasers could decide at any time to discontinue, decrease or delay their purchases of our products. In addition, the prices that they pay for our products are subject to negotiation and could change at any time. If any of our major wholesale distributors reduce their level of purchases or refuse to pay the prices that we set for our products, our net revenue and operating results could be harmed. If our wholesale distributors increase the size of their product orders without sufficient lead-time for us to process the order, our ability to fulfill product demands would be compromised.
If the redemption rate for our end-user promotional programs is higher than we estimate, then our net revenue and gross margin will be negatively affected.
From time to time we offer promotional incentives, including cash rebates, to encourage end-users to purchase certain of our products. Purchasers must follow specific and stringent guidelines to redeem these incentives or rebates. Often qualified purchasers choose not to apply for the incentives or fail to follow the required redemption guidelines, resulting in an incentive redemption rate of less than 100%. Based on historical data, we estimate an incentive redemption rate for our promotional programs. If the actual redemption rate is higher than our estimated rate, then our net revenue and gross margin will be negatively affected.
We are required to evaluate our internal control under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any adverse results from such evaluation could impact investor confidence in the reliability of our internal controls over financial reporting.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. Such report must contain among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal control over financial reporting is effective. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management. Such report must also contain a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on management’s assessment of such internal controls.
We will continue to perform the system and process documentation and evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, which is both costly and challenging. During this process, if our management identifies one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert such internal control is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of the end of a fiscal year, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to attest that our management’s report is fairly stated or they are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which may have an adverse effect on our stock price.


16


We depend on a limited number of third-party contract manufacturers for substantially all of our manufacturing needs. If these contract manufacturers experience any delay, disruption or quality control problems in their operations, we could lose market share and our brand may suffer.
All of our products are manufactured, assembled, tested and generally packaged by a limited number of original design manufacturers, or ODMs, and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. We rely on our contract manufacturers to procure components and, in some cases, subcontract engineering work. Some of our products are manufactured by a single contract manufacturer. We do not have any long-term contracts with any of our third-party contract manufacturers. Some of these third-party contract manufacturers produce products for our competitors. The loss of the services of any of our primary third-party contract manufacturers could cause a significant disruption in operations and delays in product shipments. Qualifying a new contract manufacturer and commencing volume production is expensive and time consuming.
Our reliance on third-party contract manufacturers also exposes us to the following risks over which we have limited control:
• unexpected increases in manufacturing and repair costs;
• inability to control the quality of finished products;
• inability to control delivery schedules; and
• potential lack of adequate capacity to manufacture all or a part of the products we require.
All of our products must satisfy safety and regulatory standards and some of our products must also receive government certifications. Our ODM and OEM contract manufacturers are primarily responsible for obtaining most regulatory approvals for our products. If our ODMs and OEMs fail to obtain timely domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certificates, we would be unable to sell our products and our sales and profitability could be reduced, our relationships with our sales channel could be harmed, and our reputation and brand would suffer.
If we are unable to provide our third-party contract manufacturers a timely and accurate forecast of our component and material requirements, we may experience delays in the manufacturing of our products and the costs of our products may increase.
We provide our third-party contract manufacturers with a rolling forecast of demand, which they use to determine our material and component requirements. Lead times for ordering materials and components vary significantly and depend on various factors, such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand and supply for a component at a given time. Some of our components have long lead times, such as wireless local area network chipsets, switching fabric chips, physical layer transceivers, connector jacks and metal and plastic enclosures. If our forecasts are not timely provided or are less than our actual requirements, our contract manufacturers may be unable to manufacture products in a timely manner. If our forecasts are too high, our contract manufacturers will be unable to use the components they have purchased on our behalf. The cost of the components used in our products tends to drop rapidly as volumes increase and the technologies mature. Therefore, if our contract manufacturers are unable to promptly use components purchased on our behalf, our cost of producing products may be higher than our competitors due to an over supply of higher-priced components. Moreover, if they are unable to use components ordered at our direction, we will need to reimburse them for any losses they incur.
We rely upon third parties for technology that is critical to our products, and if we are unable to continue to use this technology and future technology, our ability to develop, sell, maintain and support technologically advanced products would be limited.
We rely on third parties to obtain non-exclusive patented hardware and software license rights in technologies that are incorporated into and necessary for the operation and functionality of most of our products. In these cases, because the intellectual property we license is available from third parties, barriers to entry may be lower than if we owned exclusive rights to the technology we license and use. On the other hand, if a competitor or potential competitor enters into an exclusive arrangement with any of our key third-party technology providers, or if any of these providers unilaterally decide not to do business with us for any reason, our ability to develop and sell products


17


containing that technology would be severely limited. If we are shipping products which contain third party technology that we subsequently lose the right to license, then we will not be able to continue to offer or support those products. Our licenses often require royalty payments or other consideration to third parties. Our success will depend in part on our continued ability to have access to these technologies, and we do not know whether these third-party technologies will continue to be licensed to us on commercially acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to license the necessary technology, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology of lower quality or performance standards. This would limit and delay our ability to offer new or competitive products and increase our costs of production. As a result, our margins, market share, and operating results could be significantly harmed.
We also utilize third party software development companies to develop, customize, maintain and support software that is incorporated into our products. If these companies fail to timely deliver or continuously maintain and support the software that we require of them, we may experience delays in releasing new products or difficulties with supporting existing products and customers.
If we are unable to secure and protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete could be harmed.
We rely upon third parties for a substantial portion of the intellectual property we use in our products. At the same time, we rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws, nondisclosure agreements with employees, consultants and suppliers and other contractual provisions to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights. Despite efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized third parties may attempt to design around, copy aspects of our product design or obtain and use technology or other intellectual property associated with our products. For example, one of our primary intellectual property assets is the NETGEAR name, trademark and logo. We may be unable to stop third parties from adopting similar names, trademarks and logos, especially in those international markets where our intellectual property rights may be less protected. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technology or design around our intellectual property. Our inability to secure and protect our intellectual property rights could significantly harm our brand and business, operating results and financial condition.
Our sales and operations in international markets expose us to operational, financial and regulatory risks.
International sales comprise a significant amount of our overall net revenue. International sales were 62% of overall net revenue in fiscal 2006. We anticipate that international sales may grow as a percentage of net revenue. We have committed resources to expanding our international operations and sales channels and these efforts may not be successful. International operations are subject to a number of other risks, including:
• political and economic instability, international terrorism andanti-American sentiment, particularly in emerging markets;
• preference for locally branded products, and laws and business practices favoring local competition;
• exchange rate fluctuations;
• increased difficulty in managing inventory;
• delayed revenue recognition;
• less effective protection of intellectual property;
• stringent consumer protection and product compliance regulations, including but not limited to the recently enacted Restriction of Hazardous Substances directive and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment, or WEEE directive in Europe, that may vary from country to country and that are costly to comply with; and
• difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations.


18


We intend to expand our operations and infrastructure, which may strain our operations and increase our operating expenses.
We intend to expand our operations and pursue market opportunities domestically and internationally to grow our sales. We expect that this attempted expansion will strain our existing management information systems, and operational and financial controls. In addition, if we continue to grow, our expenditures will likely be significantly higher than our historical costs. We may not be able to install adequate controls in an efficient and timely manner as our business grows, and our current systems may not be adequate to support our future operations. The difficulties associated with installing and implementing these new systems, procedures and controls may place a significant burden on our management, operational and financial resources. In addition, if we grow internationally, we will have to expand and enhance our communications infrastructure. If we fail to continue to improve our management information systems, procedures and financial controls or encounter unexpected difficulties during expansion, our business could be harmed.
We are continuing to implement our international reorganization, which is straining our resources and increasing our operating expenses.
We have been reorganizing our foreign subsidiaries and entities to better manage and optimize our international operations. Our implementation of this project requires substantial efforts by our staff and is resulting in increased staffing requirements and related expenses. Failure to successfully execute the reorganization or other factors outside of our control could negatively impact the timing and extent of any benefit we receive from the reorganization. As part of the reorganization, we have been implementing new information technology systems, including new forecasting and order processing systems. If we fail to successfully and timely integrate these new systems, we will suffer disruptions to our operations. Any unanticipated interruptions in our business operations as a result of implementing these changes could result in loss or delay in revenue causing an adverse effect on our financial results.
Our stock price may be volatile and your investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.
With the continuing uncertainty about economic conditions in the United States, there has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of technology and other companies, which may be unrelated to the financial performance of these companies. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
Some specific factors that may have a significant effect on our common stock market price include:
• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results or our competitors’ operating results;
• actual or anticipated changes in the growth rate of the general networking sector, our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;
• conditions in the financial markets in general or changes in general economic conditions;
• interest rate or currency exchange rate fluctuations;
• our ability to raise additional capital; and
• changes in stock market analyst recommendations regarding our common stock, other comparable companies or our industry generally.
Natural disasters, mischievous actions or terrorist attacks could delay our ability to receive or ship our products, or otherwise disrupt our business.
Our corporate headquarters are located in Northern California and one of our warehouses is located in Southern California, regions known for seismic activity. In addition, substantially all of our manufacturing occurs in two geographically concentrated areas in mainland China, where disruptions from natural disasters, health epidemics and political, social and economic instability may affect the region. If our manufacturers or warehousing facilities are disrupted or destroyed, we would be unable to distribute our products on a timely basis, which could


19


harm our business. Moreover, if our computer information systems or communication systems, or those of our vendors or customers, are subject to disruptive hacker attacks or other disruptions, our business could suffer. We have not established a formal disaster recovery plan. Ourback-up operations may be inadequate and our business interruption insurance may not be enough to compensate us for any losses that may occur. A significant business interruption could result in losses or damages and harm our business. For example, much of our order fulfillment process is automated and the order information is stored on our servers. If our computer systems and servers go down even for a short period at the end of a fiscal quarter, our ability to recognize revenue would be delayed until we were again able to process and ship our orders, which could cause our stock price to decline significantly.
If we lose the services of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Patrick C.S. Lo, or our other key personnel, we may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively.
Our future success depends in large part upon the continued services of our key technical, sales, marketing and senior management personnel. In particular, the services of Patrick C.S. Lo, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who has led our company since its inception, are very important to our business. In November 2006, Jonathan R. Mather, our former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, left the company to pursue other opportunities, and we are still in the process of hiring his replacement. We do not maintain any key person life insurance policies. The loss of any of our senior management or other key research, development, sales or marketing personnel, particularly if lost to competitors, could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing needs of the small business and home markets.
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2.Properties
Our principal administrative, sales, marketing and research and development facilities occupy approximately 74,000 square feet in an office complex in Santa Clara, California, under a lease that expires in December 2007, with a three-year renewal option. Our international headquarters occupy approximately 10,000 square feet in an office complex in Cork, Ireland, under a lease entered into in February 2006 and expiring in December 2026. Our international sales personnel reside in local sales offices or home offices in Austria, Australia, Brazil, China, Czech Republic, Denmark, France, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, Korea, Norway, Poland, Russia, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the Netherlands, the United Arab Emirates, and the United Kingdom. We also have operations personnel using a facility in Hong Kong, which is subleased from our third party logistics provider, Kerry Logistics. We also maintain a research and development facility in Taipei, Taiwan. From time to time we consider various alternatives related to our long-term facilities needs. While we believe our existing facilities are adequate to meet our immediate needs, it may be necessary to lease additional space to accommodate future growth.
We use third parties to provide warehousing services to us, consisting of facilities in Southern California, Hong Kong and the Netherlands.
Item 3.Legal Proceedings
The information set forth under Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report, is incorporated herein by reference. For an additional discussion of certain risks associated with legal proceedings, see the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report.
Item 4.Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No matters were submitted to a vote of the security holders during the quarter ended December 31, 2006.


20


PART II
Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Stock,Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock has been quoted under the symbol “NTGR” on the Nasdaq National Market from July 31, 2003 to July 1, 2006, and on the Nasdaq Global Select Market since then. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth for the indicated periods the high and low sales prices for our common stock on the Nasdaq markets. Such information reflects interdealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commission, and may not represent actual transactions.

         
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005
 High  Low 
 
First Quarter $19.16  $13.45 
Second Quarter  20.78   12.96 
Third Quarter  25.73   18.65 
Fourth Quarter  24.30   17.52 
         
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006
 High  Low 
 
First Quarter $19.59  $16.64 
Second Quarter  25.39   18.40 
Third Quarter  21.64   16.92 
Fourth Quarter  28.15   20.01 
On February 16, 2007, there were 26 stockholders

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008

  High  Low

First Quarter

  $34.92  $18.58

Second Quarter

   20.68   13.80

Third Quarter

   17.50   12.41

Fourth Quarter

   15.17   8.21

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009

  High  Low

First Quarter

  $12.61  $8.57

Second Quarter

   16.49   11.15

Third Quarter

   19.74   13.45

Fourth Quarter

   22.43   17.10

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of record.


21

December 31, 2009 about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and rights granted to employees or members of our Board of Directors under all existing equity compensation plans, including the 2000 Plan (which was terminated as to new grants in May 2003), the 2003 Stock Plan, the 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan and the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.


Plan Category

  Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
  Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (a))
 
   (a)  (b)  (c) 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

  4,907,050(1)  $18.77  1,882,989(2) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

  —     $—    —    
         

Total

  4,907,050   $18.77  1,882,989  
         

(1)Includes 1,228,546 shares outstanding under the 2003 Plan, 3,678,504 shares outstanding under the 2006 Plan and no outstanding shares under the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(2)Includes 249,451 shares available for issuance under the 2003 Plan, 1,058,274 shares available for issuance under the 2006 Plan and 575,264 shares available for issuance under the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Company Performance

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our previous or future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission,SEC, the following information relating to the price performance of our common stock shall not be deemed “filed” with the CommissionSEC or “soliciting material” under the 1934Exchange Act and shall not be incorporated by reference into any such filings.

The following graph shows a comparison from JulyDecember 31, 2003 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq National Market)2004 through December 31, 20062009 of cumulative total return for our common stock, the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Nasdaq Computer Index. Such returns are based on historical results and are not intended to suggest future performance. Data for the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Nasdaq Computer Index assume reinvestment of dividends. We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no present plans to do so.

                          
   July 31, 2003   December 31, 2003   December 31, 2004   December 31, 2005   December 31, 2006 
NETGEAR, Inc.   $100.00   $90.39   $102.66   $108.82   $148.39 
NASDAQ Computer Index  $100.00   $116.78   $120.58   $123.89   $131.51 
NASDAQ Composite Index  $100.00   $115.47   $125.38   $127.11   $139.21 
                          

   December 31,
2004
  December 31,
2005
  December 31,
2006
  December 31,
2007
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2009

NETGEAR, Inc.

  $100.00  $106.00  $144.55  $196.42  $62.83  $119.44

NASDAQ Computer Index

  $100.00  $102.75  $109.07  $132.90  $70.85  $121.03

NASDAQ Composite Index

  $100.00  $101.37  $111.03  $121.92  $72.49  $104.31

Holders of Common Stock

On February 16, 2010, there were 34 stockholders of record.

The number of record holders is based upon the actual number of holders registered on our books at such date and does not include holders of shares in “street names” or persons, partnerships, associations, corporations or other entities identified in security position listings maintained by depository trust companies.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.


22


Repurchase of Equity Securities by the Company

Period

 Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
 Average Price
Paid per
Share
 Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
 Maximum Number of Shares
that May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs

January 1, 2009-January 31, 2009

 15,923 $11.76 —   4,831,220

February 1, 2009-February 28, 2009

 —    —   —   4,831,220

March 1, 2009-March 31, 2009

 —    —   —   4,831,220

April 1, 2009-April 30, 2009

 —    —   —   4,831,220

May 1, 2009-May 31, 2009

 3,286  13.39 —   4,831,220

June 1, 2009-June 30, 2009

 —    —   —   4,831,220

July 1, 2009-July 31, 2009

 —    —   —   4,831,220

August 1, 2009-August 31, 2009

 —    —   —   4,831,220

September 1, 2009-September 30, 2009

 —    —   —   4,831,220

October 1, 2009-October 31, 2009

 2,235  18.30 —   4,831,220

November 1, 2009-November 30, 2009

 —    —   —   4,831,220

December 1, 2009-December 31, 2009

 459  21.62 —   4,831,220
        
 21,903 $12.88 —   
        

Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table summarizesOn October 21, 2008, our Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to 6,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock. Under this authorization, the timing and actual number of outstanding options grantedshares subject to employeesrepurchase are at the discretion of management and directors, as well as theare contingent on a number of securities remaining availablefactors, such as levels of cash generation from operations, cash requirements for future issuance, underacquisitions and our compensation plans as ofshare price. During the year ended December 31, 2006.
             
        (c)
 
  (a)
     Number of Securities
 
  Number of Securities
  (b)
  Remaining Available for
 
  to be Issued Upon
  Weighted-Average
  Future Issuance Under
 
  Exercise of
  Exercise Price of
  Equity Compensation Plans
 
  Outstanding Options,
  Outstanding Options,
  (Excluding Securities
 
Plan Category
 Warrants and Rights  Warrants and Rights  Reflected in Column(a)) 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)  4,048,457  $14.37   1,911,861 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holder         
2009, we did not repurchase any shares of common stock under this repurchase authorization. However, we repurchased approximately 22,000 shares or $282,000 of common stock related to the lapse of restricted stock units during the year ended December 31, 2009.

(1)These plans include our 2000 Stock Option Plan, 2003 Stock Plan, 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan, 2006 Stand-Alone Stock Option Agreement, and 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.


23


Item 6.Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data are qualified in their entirety, and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in thisForm 10-K.

We derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 2004, 2005, and 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in thisForm 10-K.

We derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 20022009, 2008 and 20032007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 20032009 and 20042008 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in thisForm 10-K.

                     
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2002  2003  2004  2005  2006 
  (In thousands, except per share data) 
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                    
Net revenue $237,331  $299,302  $383,139  $449,610  $573,570 
Cost of revenue(2)  177,116   215,460   260,318   297,911   379,911 
                     
Gross profit  60,215   83,842   122,821   151,699   193,659 
                     
Operating expenses:                    
Research and development(2)  7,665   8,674   10,316   12,837   18,443 
Sales and marketing(2)  32,968   49,678   62,247   71,345   91,881 
General and administrative(2)  8,970   9,453   14,905   14,559   20,905 
In-process research and development              2,900 
Litigation reserves           802    
                     
Total operating expenses  49,603   67,805   87,468   99,543   134,129 
                     
Income from operations  10,612   16,037   35,353   52,156   59,530 
Interest income  119   364   1,593   4,104   6,974 
Interest expense  (1,240)  (901)         
Extinguishment of debt     (5,868)         
Other income (expense)  (19)  (59)  (560)  (1,770)  2,495 
                     
Income before taxes  9,472   9,573   36,386   54,490   68,999 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  1,333   (3,524)  12,921   20,867   27,867 
                     
Net income  8,139   13,097   23,465   33,623   41,132 
Deemed dividend on preferred stock  (17,881)            
                     
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders $(9,742) $13,097  $23,465  $33,623  $41,132 
                     
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:                    
Basic(1) $(0.46) $0.55  $0.77  $1.04  $1.23 
                     
Diluted(1) $(0.46) $0.49  $0.72  $0.99  $1.19 
                     
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for future periods.

   Year Ended December 31, 
  2009  2008  2007  2006  2005 
   (In thousands, except per share data) 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

        

Net revenue

  $686,595   $743,344   $727,787  $573,570  $449,610  

Cost of revenue(2)

   480,195    502,320    485,180   379,911   297,911  
                     

Gross profit

   206,400    241,024    242,607   193,659   151,699  
                     

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(2)

   30,056    33,773    28,070   18,443   12,837  

Sales and marketing(2)

   106,162    121,687    117,938   91,881   71,345  

General and administrative(2)

   32,727    31,733    27,220   20,905   14,559  

Restructuring

   809    1,929    —     —     —    

In-process research and development

   —      1,800    4,100   2,900   —    

Technology license arrangements

   2,500    —      —     —     —    

Litigation reserves, net

   2,080    711    167   —     802  
                     

Total operating expenses

   174,334    191,633    177,495   134,129   99,543  
                     

Income from operations

   32,066    49,391    65,112   59,530   52,156  

Interest income, net

   629    4,336    8,426   6,974   4,104  

Other income (expense), net

   (128  (8,384  3,298   2,495   (1,770
                     

Income before income taxes

   32,567    45,343    76,836   68,999   54,490  

Provision for income taxes

   23,234    27,293    30,882   27,867   20,867  
                     

Net income

  $9,333   $18,050   $45,954  $41,132  $33,623  
                     

Net income per share:

        

Basic(1)

  $0.27   $0.51   $1.32  $1.23  $1.04  
                     

Diluted(1)

  $0.27   $0.51   $1.28  $1.19  $0.99  
                     

(1)Information regarding calculation of per share data is described in Note 46 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


24


(2)Stock-based compensation expense was allocated as follows:
                     
Cost of revenue $144  $128  $163  $147  $430 
Research and development  306   454   400   293   1,119 
Sales and marketing  346   715   733   375   1,405 
General and administrative  867   476   391   249   1,551 

Cost of revenue

  $959  $864  $633  $430  $147

Research and development

   1,973   3,218   2,391   1,119   293

Sales and marketing

   4,147   3,406   3,013   1,405   375

General and administrative

   3,945   3,835   2,842   1,551   249

Effective January 1, 2006, the Companywe adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”).

                     
  December 31, 
  2002  2003  2004  2005  2006 
  (In thousands) 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                    
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments $19,880  $73,605  $141,715  $173,656  $197,465 
Working capital  13,753   130,755   180,696   230,416   280,877 
Total assets  93,851   205,146   300,238   356,297   437,904 
Total current liabilities  76,396   70,207   115,044   120,293   143,482 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock  48,052             
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)  (30,597)  134,939   185,194   236,004   294,422 
updated authoritative guidance for stock compensation which required us to recognize compensation expense for share-based payments.

   December 31,
  2009  2008  2007  2006  2005
   (In thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $247,100  $203,009  $205,343  $197,465  $173,656

Working capital

  $339,116  $312,843  $311,082  $280,877  $230,416

Total assets

  $633,121  $586,209  $551,109  $437,904  $356,297

Total current liabilities

  $195,609  $176,505  $168,507  $143,482  $120,293

Total stockholders’ equity

  $414,153  $390,958  $371,523  $294,422  $236,004

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes to the financial statements included elsewhere in thisForm 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions and projections about our industry, business and future financial results. Our actual results could differ materially from the results contemplated by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A above.

Business Overview

We design, develop and market innovative networking products that address the specific needs of small business and home users. We define small business as a business with fewer than 250 employees. We are focused on satisfying theease-of-use, reliability, performance and affordability requirements of these users. Our product offerings enable users to share Internetinternet access, peripherals, files, digital multimedia content and applications among multiple personal computers, or PCs,networked devices and other Internet-enabledinternet-enabled devices.

Our product line consists of wired and wireless devices that enable Ethernetsmall business networking, broadband access, network connectivity, network storage and network connectivity.security appliances. These products are available in multiple configurations to address the needs of our end-users in each geographic region in which our products are sold.

We sell our networking products through multiple sales channels worldwide, including traditional retailers, online retailers, wholesale distributors, DMRs, VARs, and broadband service providers. Our retail channel includes traditional retail locations domestically and internationally, such as Best Buy, Circuit City, CompUSA, Costco,Walmart, Fry’s Electronics, Radio Shack, Staples, Argos (U.K.), Dixons (U.K.), PC World (U.K.), MediaMarkt (Germany, Austria), and FNACDarty (France). Online retailers include Amazon.com, Dell, Newegg.com and Buy.com. Our DMRs include Dell, CDW Corporation, Insight Corporation and PC Connection in domestic markets and Misco throughout Europe. In addition, we also sell our products through broadband service providers, such as multiple system operators in domestic markets(MSOs), DSL, and cableother broadband technology operators domestically and DSL operators internationally. Some of these retailers and resellersbroadband service providers purchase directly from us while mostothers are fulfilled through wholesale distributors around the world. A substantial portion of our net revenue to date has been derived from a limited number of wholesale distributors,customers, the


25


largest of which are Best Buy, Ingram Micro Inc. and Tech Data Corporation. We expect that these wholesale distributorscustomers will continue to contribute a significant percentage of our net revenue for the foreseeable future.

We have well developed channels in the United States and Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, and are building a strong presence in the Asia Pacific region.and Latin American regions. We derive the majority of our net revenue from international sales. International sales as a percentage of net revenue grewdecreased from 56%60% in 20052008 to 62%54% in 2006. Sales in EMEA grew2009. International sales decreased from $200.0$445.7 million in 20052008 to $298.2$372.2 million in 2006, 2009,

representing an increasea decrease of approximately 49%16.4% during that period.period, primarily due to the relatively stronger U.S. dollar and weakened international economic conditions. We continue to penetrate new markets such as Brazil, Russia and Eastern Europe, India, and the Middle-East.

Our net revenue grew 27.6%declined 7.6% during the year ended December 31, 2006,2009 primarily attributable to higherlower shipments of our broadband gateway products to traditional resellers and existing service provider customers. However, we did experience an increase of 35.6% in net revenue in the three months ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2008. Additionally, we experienced weakening demand for our switch products and wireless-G products. Our revenue decline continued to be negatively impacted by the economic downturn and relatively stronger U.S. dollar. These decreases were partially mitigated by increased sales of DSL gateway and powerlinewireless-N products sold to newretailers and existing service provider customers especially in Europe, as well as continued strength in our RangeMax wireless router product line.

increased focus on reducing sales incentives that impact revenue.

The small business and home networking markets are intensely competitive and subject to rapid technological change. We expect our competition to continue to intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the small business and home markets for networking products include product breadth, size and scope of the sales channel, brand name, timeliness of new product introductions, product performance, features, functionality and reliability,ease-of-installation, maintenance and use, and customer service and support. To remain competitive, we believe we must invest significant resources in developing new products and enhancing our current products expandingwhile continuing to expand our channels and maintaining customer satisfaction worldwide.

Our gross margin improveddecreased to 33.8%30.1% for the year ended December 31, 20062009, from 33.7%32.4% for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our gross2008, primarily attributable to the impact of a relatively stronger U.S. dollar on our foreign currency denominated revenues. Gross margins were also impacted by sales declines of our switch products as well as supply constraints late in the year which resulted in the use of higher cost air freight expense to acquire inventory levels sufficient to support increased demand. These margin improvement was primarily due to decreased marketing costs and improved vendor rebates,decreases were partially offset by our increased focus on reducing sales of products carrying lower gross margins to service providers.incentives that impact net revenue. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 20062009 were $134.1$174.3 million, or 23.4%25.4% of net revenue, and $99.5compared to $191.6 million, or 22.1%25.8% of net revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2005.

2008. This decrease was primarily attributable to a $9.3 million decrease in salary and other employee related expenses as well as a $6.2 million decrease in marketing expenses and other outside service costs pertaining to sales and marketing.

Net income increased $7.5decreased $8.8 million, or 48.3%, to $41.1$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 20062009, from $33.6$18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.2008. This increasedecrease was dueprimarily attributable to an increasea decrease in gross profit of $42.0 million and an increase in interest and other income of $7.1 million,$34.6 million. This decrease was offset by an increasea decrease in operating expenses of $34.6$17.3 million and an increasea decrease in provision for income taxesother expense, net of $7.0$8.3 million.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.America and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make assumptions, judgments and estimates that can have a significant impact on the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be applicable and reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. These estimates may change as new events occur, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. On a regular basis we evaluate our assumptions, judgments and estimates and make changes accordingly. We also discuss our critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements describes the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. We have listed below our critical accounting policies which we believe to have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Historically, our assumptions, judgments and estimates relative to our critical accounting policies have not differed materially from actual results.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from product sales is generally recognized at the time the product is shipped provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Currently, for some of our customers, title passes to the customer upon delivery to the port or country of destination, upon their receipt of the product, or upon the customer’s resale of the product. At the end of each fiscal quarter, we estimate and defer revenue related to product where title has not transferred. The revenue continues to be deferred until such time that title passes to the


26

customer. We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including general economic and market conditions, past transaction history with the customer, and the creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine that collection of the corresponding receivable is not reasonably assured, then we defer the revenue until receipt of payment.


customer. The amount and timing of our revenue for any period could be materially different if our management made different judgments and estimates.
Allowances for Product Warranties, Returns due to Stock Rotation, Price Protection, Sales Incentives and Doubtful Accounts

Our standard warranty obligation to our direct customers generally provides for a right of return of any product for a full refund in the event that such product is not merchantable or is found to be damaged or defective. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty returns is recorded to reduce revenue in the amount of the expected credit or refund to be provided to the our direct customers. At the time we record the reduction to revenue related to warranty returns, we include within cost of revenue a write-down to reduce the carrying value of such products to net realizable value. Our standard warranty obligation to end-users provides for repair or replacement of a defective product for one or more years. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include product failure rates, material usage, and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. The estimated cost associated with fulfilling the warranty obligation to end-users is recorded in cost of revenue. Because our products are manufactured by contractthird party manufacturers, in certain cases we have recourse to the contractthird party manufacturer for replacement or credit for the defective products. We give consideration to amounts recoverable from our contractthird party manufacturers in determining our warranty liability. Our estimated allowances for product warranties can vary from actual results and we may have to record additional revenue reductions or charges to cost of revenue which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

In addition to warranty-related returns, certain distributors and retailers generally have the right to return product for stock rotation purposes. Every quarter, stock rotation rights are generally limited to 10% of invoiced sales to the distributor or retailer in the prior quarter. Upon shipment of the product, we reduce revenue for an estimate of potential future stock rotation returns related to the current period product revenue. We analyze historical returns, channel inventory levels, current economic trends and changes in customer demand for our products when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for sales returns, namely stock rotation returns. Our estimated allowances for returns due to stock rotation can vary from actual results and we may have to record additional revenue reductions which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

Sales incentives provided to customers are accounted for in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) IssueNo. 01-9, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or Reseller of the Vendor’s Products”. Under these guidelines, we

We accrue for sales incentives as a marketing expense if we receive an identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, it is recorded as a reduction of revenues. Our estimated provisions for sales incentives can vary from actual results and we may have to record additional expenses or additional revenue reductions dependent on the classification of the sales incentive.

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We regularly perform credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and consider factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, and geographic or country-specific risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed monthly and adjusted if necessary based on our assessments of our customers’ ability to pay. If the financial condition of our customers should deteriorate or if actual defaults are higher than our historical experience, additional allowances may be required, which could have an adverse impact on operating expenses.

Valuation of Inventory

We value our inventory at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined using thefirst-in, first-out method. We continually assess the value of our inventory and will periodically write down its value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. On a quarterly basis, we review inventory quantities on hand and on order under non-cancelable purchase commitments, including consignment inventory, in comparison to our estimated forecast of product demand for the next nine months to determine what inventory, if any, are not saleable. Our analysis is based on the demand forecast but takes into


27


account market conditions, product development plans, product life expectancy and other factors. Based on this analysis, we write down the affected inventory value for estimated excess and obsolescence charges. At the point of loss recognition, a new, lower cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis. As demonstrated during prior years, demand for our products can fluctuate significantly. If actual demand is lower than our forecasted demand and we fail to reduce our manufacturing accordingly, we could be required to write down additional inventory, which would have a negative effect on our gross margin.
profit.

Goodwill and intangibles

We apply the authoritative guidance for intangibles and perform an annual goodwill impairment test. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, we will perform the impairment test as those events or indicators occur. For purposes of impairment testing, we have determined that we have only one reporting unit.

The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. In the first step, we estimate our fair value and compare the fair value with the carrying value of our net assets. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value of our net assets, then no impairment results. If the fair value is less than our carrying value, then we would perform the second step and determine the fair value of the goodwill. In this second step, the amount of impairment is determined by comparing the implied fair value to the carrying value of the goodwill in the same manner as if we were being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, we would allocate the fair value to all of our assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that would calculate the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, an impairment charge would be recorded to earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In addition, we would evaluate goodwill for impairment if events or circumstances change between annual tests indicating a possible impairment. Examples of such events or circumstances include the following: a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in the business climate; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group; and slower growth rates.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we completed the annual impairment test of goodwill. In conducting our impairment test, we determined that our fair value exceeded the carrying value of our net assets by approximately 62%. No goodwill impairment loss was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, or 2009.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing during the year ended December 31, 2009 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or earnings are not achieved, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with our next annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of 2010 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from two to five years. Purchased intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Such conditions may include an economic downturn or a change in the assessment of future operations. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The carrying value of the asset is reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of facts, both internal and external, that may suggest impairment.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, a key employee responsible for managing the asset group acquired in connection with our 2006 acquisition of Skipjam Corp. departed the Company. The departure of this employee, along with the recent economic environment, resulted in our decision to reduce efforts geared at marketing the related products. As a result, we performed an impairment analysis of these long-lived assets during the fourth quarter of 2008. Based on the results of the analysis, we recorded an impairment charge within cost of revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations of $458,000 in the year ended December 31, 2008 for the net carrying value of intangibles acquired in connection with our 2006 acquisition of Skipjam Corp.

During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2007, there were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated the carrying amount of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable from their undiscounted cash flows. Consequently, we did not perform an impairment test or record an impairment of our long-lived assets during those periods.

We will continue to evaluate the carrying value of our long-lived assets and if we determine in the future that there is a potential further impairment, we may be required to record additional charges to earnings which could affect our financial results.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences resulting from different treatments for tax versus accounting of certain items, such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not more likely than not, we must establish a valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2006,2009, we believe that all of our deferred tax assets are recoverable; however, if there were a change in our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we would be required to take a charge in the period in which we determined that recovery was not more likely than not.

Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due to tax credits, state taxes, stock compensation and other factors. Our future effective tax rate could be impacted by a shift in the mix of domestic and foreign

We adopted updated authoritative guidance for accounting for uncertain income tax treaties with foreign jurisdictions; changespositions on January 1, 2007 that clarified the accounting for uncertain income tax positions recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. It provides that a company should use a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold based on the technical merits of the income tax lawsposition taken. Income tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be measured in the United States or internationally; a change which would result in a valuation allowance being required to be recorded; or a federal, state or foreign jurisdiction’s view of tax returns which differs materially from what we originally provided. We assess the probability of adverse outcomes from tax examinations regularlyorder to determine the adequacy of our income tax liability. If we ultimately determine that payment of these amounts is unnecessary, we reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in which we determine that the liability is no longer necessary. We record an additional charge in our provision for taxesto be recognized in the period in which we determine that the recordedfinancial statements. We include interest expense and penalties related to uncertain tax liability is less than we expect the ultimate assessment to be.


28positions as additional tax expense.


Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operationsOperations and the percentage change from the preceding year for the periods indicated:

                     
  Year Ended December 31, 
     Percentage     Percentage    
  2004  Change  2005  Change  2006 
  (In thousands, except percentage data) 
 
Net revenue $383,139   17.3% $449,610   27.6% $573,570 
Cost of revenue  260,318   14.4   297,911   27.5   379,911 
                     
Gross profit  122,821   23.5   151,699   27.7   193,659 
                     
Operating expenses:                    
Research and development  10,316   24.4   12,837   43.7   18,443 
Sales and marketing  62,247   14.6   71,345   28.8   91,881 
General and administrative  14,905   (2.3)  14,559   43.6   20,905 
In-process research and development     **      **   2,900 
Litigation reserves     **   802   (100.0)   
                     
Total operating expenses  87,468   13.8   99,543   34.7   134,129 
                     
Income from operations  35,353   47.5   52,156   14.1   59,530 
Interest income  1,593   157.6   4,104   69.9   6,974 
Other income (expense), net  (560)  216.1   (1,770)  **   2,495 
                     
Income before income taxes  36,386   49.8   54,490   26.6   68,999 
Provision for income taxes  12,921   61.5   20,867   33.5   27,867 
                     
Net income $23,465   43.3% $33,623   22.3% $41,132 
                     

   Year Ended December 31,
   2009  Percentage
Change
  2008  Percentage
Change
  2007
   (In thousands, except percentage data)

Net revenue

  $686,595   (7.6%)  $743,344   2.1 $727,787

Cost of revenue

   480,195   (4.4%)   502,320   3.5  485,180
                  

Gross profit

   206,400   (14.4%)   241,024   (0.7%)   242,607
                  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   30,056   (11.0%)   33,773   20.3  28,070

Sales and marketing

   106,162   (12.8%)   121,687   3.2  117,938

General and administrative

   32,727   3.1  31,733   16.6  27,220

Restructuring

   809   (58.1%)   1,929   *  —  

In-process research and development

   —     (100.0%)   1,800   (56.1%)   4,100

Technology license arrangements

   2,500   *  —     *  —  

Litigation reserves, net

   2,080   192.5  711   325.7  167
                  

Total operating expenses

   174,334   (9.0%)   191,633   8.0  177,495
                  

Income from operations

   32,066   (35.1%)   49,391   (24.1%)   65,112

Interest income, net

   629   (85.5%)   4,336   (48.5%)   8,426

Other income (expense), net

   (128 (98.5%)   (8,384 *  3,298
                  

Income before income taxes

   32,567   (28.2%)   45,343   (41.0%)   76,836

Provision for income taxes

   23,234   (14.9%)   27,293   (11.6%)   30,882
                  

Net income

  $9,333   (48.3%)  $18,050   (60.7%)  $45,954
                  

**Percentage change not meaningful as prior year basis is zero or a negative amount.


29


The following table sets forth the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations,Operations, expressed as a percentage of net revenue, for the periods presented:
             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
 
Net revenue  100%  100%  100%
Cost of revenue  67.9   66.3   66.2 
             
Gross margin  32.1   33.7   33.8 
             
Operating expenses:            
Research and development  2.7   2.8   3.2 
Sales and marketing  16.3   15.9   16.0 
General and administrative  3.9   3.2   3.7 
In-process research and development  0.0   0.0   0.5 
Litigation reserves  0.0   0.2   0.0 
             
Total operating expenses  22.9   22.1   23.4 
             
Income from operations  9.2   11.6   10.4 
Interest income  0.4   0.9   1.2 
Other income (expense), net  (0.1)  (0.4)  0.4 
             
Income before income taxes  9.5   12.1   12.0 
Provision for income taxes  3.4   4.6   4.8 
             
Net income  6.1%  7.5%  7.2%
             

   Year Ended December 31, 
       2009          2008          2007     

Net revenue

  100 100 100

Cost of revenue

  69.9   67.6   66.7  
          

Gross margin

  30.1   32.4   33.3  
          

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

  4.4   4.5   3.9  

Sales and marketing

  15.4   16.4   16.2  

General and administrative

  4.8   4.3   3.7  

Restructuring

  0.1   0.3   0.0  

In-process research and development

  0.0   0.2   0.6  

Technology license arrangements

  0.4   0.0   0.0  

Litigation reserves, net

  0.3   0.1   0.0  
          

Total operating expenses

  25.4   25.8   24.4  
          

Income from operations

  4.7   6.6   8.9  

Interest income, net

  0.1   0.6   1.2  

Other income (expense), net

  (0.1 (1.1 0.5  
          

Income before income taxes

  4.7   6.1   10.6  

Provision for income taxes

  3.3   3.7   4.3  
          

Net income

  1.4 2.4 6.3
          

Net Revenue

                     
  Year Ended December 31, 
     Percentage
     Percentage
    
  2004  Change  2005  Change  2006 
  (In thousands, except percentage data) 
 
Net revenue $383,139   17.3% $449,610   27.6% $573,570 

   Year Ended December 31,
   2009  Percentage
Change
  2008  Percentage
Change
  2007
   (In thousands, except percentage data)

Net revenue

  $686,595  (7.6%)  $743,344  2.1 $727,787

Our net revenue consists of gross product shipments, less allowances for estimated returns for stock rotation and warranty, price protection, end-user customer rebates and other sales incentives deemed to be a reduction of net revenue per EITF IssueNo. 01-9and net changes in deferred revenue. Sales incentives include advertising, cooperative marketing programs, end-caps, instant rebates and mail-in rebates.

20062009 Net Revenue Compared to 20052008 Net Revenue

Net revenue increased $124.0decreased $56.7 million, or 27.6%7.6%, to $573.6$686.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, from $449.6$743.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. We2008. The decrease in net revenue was principally attributable to lower shipments of our broadband gateway products to traditional resellers and existing service provider customers. Additionally, we experienced weakening demand for our switch products and wireless-G products. Our revenue decline continued to experiencebe negatively impacted by the economic downturn and relatively stronger U.S. dollar. These decreases were partially mitigated by increased sales of wireless-N products sold to retailers and existing service provider customers as well as our seasonal patternincreased focus on reducing sales incentives that impact net revenue.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, revenue generated in the United States, EMEA and Asia Pacific and rest of higherworld was 45.8%, 42.6% and 11.6%, respectively. The comparable net revenuesrevenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 40.0%, 47.6% and 12.4%, respectively. The change in net revenue over the prior year for each region amounted to a 5.6% increase, a 17.5% decrease, and a 12.7% decrease, respectively.

2008 Net Revenue Compared to 2007 Net Revenue

Net revenue increased $15.5 million, or 2.1%, to $743.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $727.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. We experienced lower net revenue in the second half of the year.year due to the economic downturn and the rapid strengthening of the U.S. dollar. The increase in total year revenue was especially attributable to higher sales in several of DSL gateway and powerlineour product categories. These include wireless-G products sold to new and existing service provider customers especially in Europe. The majority of these incremental sales specifically included our wireless gateway customized for major service provider British Sky Broadcasting inand the United Kingdom, with shipments of wireless gateways and powerline products to other service providers further improving revenue.

Sales were further enhanced by the first full year sales of RangeMax wireless router sales to the home market. We introduced our RangeMax family ofReadyNAS products, which included performance-enhancing Multiple-In Multiple-Out (MIMO) technology, during 2005, and the market has continued to embrace this key product line throughout the year. We expect the RangeMax family to remain strongwere acquired in the coming year, and anticipate continuingconnection with our recent trendacquisition of increased sales of customized wireless gateways to service providers, both domestically and abroad. We


30

Infrant in May 2007, as well as growth in wireless-N router sales. The growth was partially offset by a decrease in DSL gateway products sold.


also anticipate new products such as our wireless-N routers, Skype wi-fi phones, and Gigabit smart switches to drive revenue in the near future.
Sales incentives that are classified as contra-revenue grew at a slower rate than overall gross sales, which further contributed to the increased net revenue. This is primarily due to increased sales to the service provider markets, which typically require less marketing spending. This favorable net revenue impact was partially offset by an increase in sales returns compared to historical return rates.

For the year ended December 31, 20062008 revenue generated in the United States, EMEA and Asia Pacific and rest of world was 38.4%40.1%, 52.0%47.6% and 9.6%12.3%, respectively. The comparable net revenue for the year ended December 31, 20052007 was 44.3%37.6%, 44.5%52.3% and 11.2%10.1%, respectively. The increasechange in net revenue over the prior year for each region was 10.7%, 49.2%amounted to an 8.7% increase, a 6.9% decrease, and 8.8%,a 24.3% increase, respectively.

2005 Net Revenue Compared to 2004 Net Revenue
Net revenue increased $66.5 million, or 17.3%, to $449.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, from $383.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. We continued to experience our seasonal pattern of higher net revenues in the second half of the year. The increase in revenue was especially attributable to higher sales of wireless LAN products to the home market, especially the new RangeMax family of products and continued strength in G and Super-G products, as well as increased gross shipments of our broadband gateways. These revenue increases were partially offset by increases in allowances for sales incentives associated with increased retail product sales.
We were able to slow down the pace of erosion in our average selling prices on our relatively older products in 2005 in part due to our new “minimum advertised price” policy with our U.S. retailers, as well as a general slowdown in competitive pricing pressures.
End-user customer rebates and other sales incentives which are classified as reductions in net revenue increased in 2005, especially in the latter half of 2005 when we took advantage of significant strategic joint promotion opportunities with our biggest retail partners both in the U.S. and in Europe. For example, we co-marketed our new RangeMax family of products with U.S. national retailers using a unified advertising campaign involving ad circulars and new end-cap displays. These increases in spending combined with higher use of end-user customer rebates impacted our revenue growth.
For the year ended December 31, 2005 revenue generated in the United States, EMEA and Asia Pacific and rest of world was 44.3%, 44.5% and 11.2%, respectively. The comparable net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was 48.8%, 41.6% and 9.6%, respectively. The increase in net revenue over the prior year for each region was 6.6%, 25.3% and 37.5%, respectively.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

                     
  Year Ended December 31, 
     Percentage
     Percentage
    
  2004  Change  2005  Change  2006 
     (In thousands, except percentage data) 
 
Cost of revenue $260,318   14.4% $297,911   27.5% $379,911 
Gross margin percentage  32.1%      33.7%      33.8%

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2009  Percentage
Change
  2008  Percentage
Change
  2007 
   (In thousands, except percentage data) 

Cost of revenue

  $480,195   (4.4%)  $502,320   3.5 $485,180  

Gross margin percentage

   30.1   32.4   33.3

Cost of revenue consists primarily of the following: the cost of finished products from our third-party contractthird party manufacturers; overhead costs including purchasing, product planning, inventory control, warehousing and distribution logistics; inbound freight; and warranty costs associated with returned goods andgoods; write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory.inventory; and amortization expense of certain acquired intangibles. We outsource our manufacturing, warehousing and distribution logistics. We believe this outsourcing strategy allows us to better manage our product costs and gross margin. Our gross margin can be affected by a number of factors, including fluctuation in foreign exchange rates, sales returns, changes in net revenues due to changes in average selling prices, end-user customer rebates and other sales incentives, and changes in our cost of goods sold due to fluctuations in prices paid for components, net


31


of vendor rebates, warranty and overhead costs, inbound freight, conversion costs, and charges for excess or obsolete inventoryinventory.

2009 Cost of Revenue and transitions from olderGross Margin Compared to newer products.

2008 Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue increased $82.0decreased $22.1 million, or 27.5%4.4%, to $379.9$480.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, from $297.9$502.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.2008. Our gross margin improveddecreased to 33.8%30.1% for the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, from 33.7%32.4% for the year ended December 31, 2005.

2008.

The decrease in gross margin was primarily attributable to the impact of a relatively stronger U.S. dollar on our foreign currency denominated revenues. Gross margins were also impacted by sales declines of our switch products as well as supply constraints late in the year which resulted in the use of higher cost air freight expense to acquire inventory levels sufficient to support increased demand. These margin decreases were partially offset by our increased focus on reducing sales incentives that impact net revenue.

2008 Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin Compared to 2007 Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue increased $17.1 million, or 3.5%, to $502.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $485.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our gross margin is impacted by our sales incentives that are recorded as a reduction in revenue which grew at a relatively slower rate than overall net revenue, as most of our revenue increases relatedecreased to sales to service providers, which involve significantly lower sales incentive expenses. Additionally, we experienced decreased price protection claims, as well as relatively lower inbound freight during32.4% for the year as we were ableended December 31, 2008, from 33.3% for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The decrease in gross margin was primarily attributable to shift the mix of inbound shipments from our suppliers from more costly air freight to lower cost sea freight due to better supply chain planning. Furthermore, rebates from vendors were significantly higher in 2006. While we do not expect this higher level of rebates to continue in the future, we anticipate lower costs on these products.

These improvements were almost entirely offset by a number of factors. Incremental sales in 2006 came primarily from increased sales of products carrying lower gross margins to service providers. We also experienced increasedproviders and the impact on our foreign currency denominated revenues due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar, as well as higher warranty and sales returns costs driven primarily by a higher scrap rate ofassociated with end-user warranty return units and an increase in reserves taken for future returns based on the increase in returns volume during the year. We also experienced higher costs related toreturns. Additionally, inventory reserves and devaluation.
increased primarily due to selling price declines of certain products. These declines were primarily attributable to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar in locations where we bill in local currencies. These negative margin impacts were partially mitigated by reduced air freight expenses as a result of increased on-hand inventory levels which allowed us to minimize the amount of higher cost air freight expense, as well as reduced marketing expenses.

Additionally, stock-based compensation expense increased $283,000$231,000 to $430,000$864,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006,2008, from $147,000$633,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, as a result of the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”).

Cost of revenue increased $37.6 million, or 14.4%, to $297.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $260.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Our gross margin improved to 33.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005, from 32.1% for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of 1.6 percentage points. This increase was due primarily to a favorable shift in product mix and our product costs decreasing relatively more quickly than sales prices, offset by an increase in end-user customer rebates and other sales incentives, which reduce revenue along with increased inbound freight and conversion costs.
We were able to slow down the pace of erosion in our average selling prices on our relatively older products in 2005 in part due to our new “minimum advertised price” policy with our U.S. retailers, as well as a general slowdown in competitive pricing pressures. We have also had continued success in obtaining cost reductions and efficiencies from our vendors and manufacturers, and have pursued product redesigns when appropriate to further lower production costs. These decreasing costs, coupled with the relative slowing in the decrease of average selling prices, boosted margins on our older products, especially our G and Super G wireless adapters. Additionally, we have benefited from relatively higher standard margins on newer products, especially from our RangeMax family of products.
It is difficult to accurately forecast demand for our products across our markets and within specific countries. The shift in the mix of actual orders compared to forecasted demand resulted in a higher than normal reliance on more expensive air versus surface freight during the last quarter of 2005 as well as higher rework and other costs primarily related to product conversions among country-specific packaging.
Additionally, stock-based compensation expense decreased $16,000 to $147,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, from $163,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004.


32

2007.


Operating Expenses

Research and development expenseDevelopment Expense

                     
  Year Ended December 31, 
     Percentage
     Percentage
    
  2004  Change  2005  Change  2006 
     (In thousands, except percentage data)    
 
Research and development expense $10,316   24.4% $12,837   43.7% $18,443 
Percentage of net revenue  2.7%      2.8%      3.2%

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2009  Percentage
Change
  2008  Percentage
Change
  2007 
   (In thousands, except percentage data) 

Research and development expense

  $30,056   (11.0%)  $33,773   20.3 $28,070  

Percentage of net revenue

   4.4   4.5   3.9

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, payments to suppliers for design services, tooling design costs, safety and regulatory testing, product certification expenditures to qualify our products for sale into specific markets, prototypes and other consulting fees. Research and development expenses are recognized as they are incurred. We have invested in building our research and development organization to enhance our ability to introduce innovative and easy to use products. We expect to continue to add additional employees in our research and development department. In the future, we believe that research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we expand into new networking product technologies enhance theease-of-use of our products, and broaden our core competencies.

2009 Research and Development Expense Compared to 2008 Research and Development Expense

Research and development expenses increased $5.6decreased $3.7 million, or 43.7%11.0%, to $18.4$30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, from $12.8$33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.2008. The increasedecrease was primarily attributable to decreased costs of $3.1 million related to a reduction in payroll and other employee expenses, including decreased variable compensation and a reduction in travel expenses which was partly in response to our cost cutting initiatives. Included in the $3.1 million was a decrease of approximately $670,000 due to higher salary and related payroll expenses of $2.1 million resulting from research and development related headcount growth, including $486,000 related to retention bonuses for certain employees associated with the acquisition of SkipJam. Employee headcount increased by 15% to 62 employees as of December 31, 2006 as compared to 54 employees as of December 31, 2005, in part due to employees obtained from the acquisition of SkipJam. The increase was also attributable to an increase of $2.1 million in engineering costs. These costs were incurred to improve the quality of our small business products.acquisition-related contingent compensation. Additionally, stock-based compensation expense increased $826,000decreased $1.2 million to $1.1$2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, from $293,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123R.

Research and development expenses increased $2.5 million, or 24.4%, to $12.8$3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005,2008. Partially offsetting these decreases was an increase in costs allocated to research and development from $10.3other functional expense categories of $536,000, primarily resulting from increased facilities costs and higher information technology costs related to our new enterprise resource planning software. As of December 31, 2009, we had 149 employees engaged in research and development, down from 158 employees as of December 31, 2008.

2008 Research and Development Expense Compared to 2007 Research and Development Expense

Research and development expenses increased $5.7 million, or 20.3%, to $33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.2008, from $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to increased salary, related payroll and payroll relatedother employee expenses of $2.4$3.6 million resulting from research and developmentprimarily due to incremental headcount expenses related headcount growth.to the acquisition of Infrant in May 2007, which was partially offset by a decrease in employee performance compensation of $1.7 million. Employee headcount increased by 35%37% to 54158 employees

as of December 31, 2008 as compared to 115 employees as of December 31, 2005 as compared to 40 employees as of December 31, 2004. These headcount increases were2007, primarily due to new employees obtained from the expansionacquisition of ourcertain assets of CP Secure International Holding Limited (“CP Secure”) in December 2008. The increase in research and development facilityexpense was also due to an increase in Taiwannon-recurring engineering of $1.3 million primarily due to incremental product development projects, as well as an increase in costs allocated to research and expansiondevelopment from other functional expense categories of $1.4 million primarily resulting from increased facilities costs primarily related to our focus on the broadband service provider market which often requires additional certifications and testing.new corporate headquarters in San Jose, California. Additionally, stock-based compensation expense decreased $107,000increased $827,000 to $293,000$3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005,2008, from $400,000$2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

2007.

Sales and marketing expenseMarketing Expense

                     
  Year Ended December 31, 
     Percentage
     Percentage
    
  2004  Change  2005  Change  2006 
  (In thousands, except percentage data) 
 
Sales and marketing expense $62,247   14.6% $71,345   28.8% $91,881 
Percentage of net revenue  16.3%      15.9%      16.0%

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2009  Percentage
Change
  2008  Percentage
Change
  2007 
   (In thousands, except percentage data) 

Sales and marketing expense

  $106,162   (12.8%)  $121,687   3.2 $117,938  

Percentage of net revenue

   15.4   16.4   16.2

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of advertising, trade shows, corporate communications and other marketing expenses, product marketing expenses, outbound freight costs, personnel expenses for sales and marketing staff and technical support expenses. We believe that maintaining

2009 Sales and building brand awareness is keyMarketing Expense Compared to both net revenue growth2008 Sales and maintaining our gross margin. We also believe that maintaining widely available and high quality technical support is key to building and maintaining brand awareness. Accordingly, we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the future, related to the planned growth of our business.


33

Marketing Expense


Sales and marketing expenses increased $20.6decreased $15.5 million, or 28.8%12.8%, to $91.9$106.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, from $71.3$121.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. We note that2008. Of this decrease, $6.7 million was related to a reduction in payroll and other employee expenses primarily attributable to decreased overall sales and marketing headcount and a reduction in travel expenses, grewwhich was partly in line with revenue growth.response to our cost cutting initiatives. Additionally, marketing expenses and other outside service costs decreased $6.2 million attributable to reduced marketing campaigns and cost savings efforts. Furthermore, outbound freight decreased $1.6 million attributable to our reduction in sales. Partially offsetting these decreases was an increase in costs allocated to sales and marketing from other functional expense categories of $1.7 million, primarily resulting from increased facilities costs.

2008 Sales and Marketing Expense Compared to 2007 Sales and Marketing Expense

Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.8 million, or 3.2%, to $121.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $117.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of this increase, $9.4$2.8 million was dueattributable to increased salary, related payroll and payroll relatedother employee expenses as a result of sales and marketing related headcount growth, and increased commissions earnedwhich was partially offset by a decrease in EMEA due to substantial revenue growth.employee performance compensation of $1.7 million. Employee headcount increased from 157260 employees as of December 31, 20052007 to 207266 employees as of December 31, 2006. More specifically, 462008. Most of the 50 incremental employees relate toour increase in headcount occurred in connection with our expansion in EMEA and Asia Pacific, which represents our continued geographic expansion and increasing sales staffing in these regions. For example, we established a Technical Support Center in our Ireland office, which accounted for 7 new individuals. Outside service fees related to customer service and technical support also increased by $4.9 million, in support of higher call volumes related to increased units sold. We also incurred a $1.7 million increase in advertising, travel, and promotion expenses related to our expansion of marketing activities into new geographies. OutboundPacific. Furthermore, outbound freight increased $1.6$1.0 million, reflecting our higher unit volume sales, volume. Marketingand costs classified as operating expenses remained relatively constant, as the majority of incremental marketing expenses relatedallocated to rebates and other items classified as contra-revenue. Additionally, stock-based compensation expense increased $1.0 million to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $375,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123R.

Sales and marketing expenses increased $9.1 million, or 14.6%, to $71.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, from $62.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Of this increase, $5.1 million was due to product promotion, including intensified in-store staffing and training programs, advertising, and outside technical support expenses, all in support of increased volume. In addition, salary and related expenses for additional sales and marketing personnelfrom other functional expense categories increased $1.8 million due to increased facilities costs primarily related to our new corporate headquarters in San Jose, California. These increases were partially offset by $2.7 million as a result of saleslower advertising and marketing related headcount growth from 125 employees as of December 31, 2004 to 157 employees as of December 31, 2005. We attributed 28 of the 32 incremental employee additions to expansion in EMEA and Asia Pacific, where sales and marketing employee headcount grew 46% and 35%, respectively. The increase was also attributable to additional allocated overhead costs such as facilities and information systems costs amounting to $851,000, which reflects sales and marketing’s larger relative headcount growth rate and correspondingly higher share of overhead costs. Additionally, stock-based compensation expense decreased $358,000 to $375,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, from $733,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004.
promotion expenses.

General and administrative expenseAdministrative Expense

                     
  Year Ended December 31, 
     Percentage
     Percentage
    
  2004  Change  2005  Change  2006 
  (In thousands, except percentage data) 
 
General and administrative expense $14,905   −2.3% $14,559   43.6% $20,905 
Percentage of net revenue  3.9%      3.2%      3.7%

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2009  Percentage
Change
  2008  Percentage
Change
  2007 
   (In thousands, except percentage data) 

General and administrative expense

  $32,727   3.1 $31,733   16.6 $27,220  

Percentage of net revenue

   4.8   4.3   3.7

General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and related expenses for executive, finance and accounting, human resources, professional fees, allowance for bad debts,doubtful accounts and other corporate expenses. We expect general

2009 General and administrative costsAdministrative Expense Compared to increase in absolute dollars related to the general growth of the business, continued international expansion,2008 General and increased investments in infrastructure such as a new enterprise resource planning system.

Administrative Expense

General and administrative expenses increased $6.3$1.0 million, or 43.6%3.1%, to $20.9$32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, from $14.6$31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.2008. The increase was primarily attributable to increased fees of $1.5 million for outside legal and other professional services, particularly increased patent litigation defense costs. Furthermore, we experienced increased salary, related payroll, and other employee costs of $511,000. This increase is primarily due to capitalizing certain employee costs in 2008 in connection with their involvement in the implementation of new enterprise resource planning software, which lowered total employee costs included in general and administrative expenses in that year. We did not capitalize any such costs in 2009. Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease of $1.2 million for outside professional services primarily due to decreased information technology consulting. Such consulting expenses were relatively higher in the year ago period due to our implementation of new enterprise resource planning software in 2008.

2008 General and Administrative Expense Compared to 2007 General and Administrative Expense

General and administrative expenses increased $4.5 million, or 16.6%, to $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to higher salary and payroll related expenses of $3.3 million due to an increase in general and administrative related headcount. Employee headcount increased by 25% to 66 employees as of December 31, 2006 compared to 53 employees as of December 31, 2005. Of the incremental 13 additions, 8 personnel were hired into accounting and finance departments in our new Ireland office. We also incurred a $1.4 million increase in fees for outside professional services, which was in part relateddue to an increase in IThigher legal consulting costs, tax consulting and general legal expenses. Additionally,expenses of $3.5 million. Furthermore, stock-based compensation expense increased approximately $1.4$1.0 million to $1.6$3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006,2008, from $249,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123R.


34


General and administrative expenses decreased approximately $300,000, or 2.3%, to $14.6$2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, from $14.9 million for2007. Overall general and administrative compensation costs were flat, as the year ended December 31, 2004. This decrease was primarily due toincreases in salary, related payroll and other employee expenses were offset by a decrease in fees for professional services aggregating $1.7 millionemployee performance compensation.

Restructuring

In July 2008, we ceased using buildings leased in Santa Clara and a decreaseFremont, California, and consolidated all personnel and operations from those locations to our new corporate headquarters in net allocated overhead such as information systems costs aggregating $588,000, offset by an increase in employee related costs of $2.1 million. The decrease in fees for professional services resulted from decreases in consulting, outsourced accounting fees and legal fees, and costs associated with initial Sarbanes-Oxley 404 compliance documentation in 2004. The increase in employee related costs resulted from an increase in general and administrative related headcount, particularly in the finance area to support an increase in transactional processing due to increased revenue. Employee headcount increased by 43% to 53 employees as of December 31, 2005 as compared to 37 employees as of December 31, 2004. The decrease in net allocated overhead reflects the general and administrative function’s slower headcount growth rate relative to other functional areas. Additionally, stock-based compensation expense decreased $142,000 to $249,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, from $391,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004.

In-process research and development
San Jose, California. During the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, we expensed $2.9$809,000 related to these facilities in Santa Clara and Fremont, primarily due to a sub-lessee ceasing to make payments. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we expensed $964,000 related to these excess facilities. Additionally, we expensed $965,000 during the year ended December 31, 2008 related to the termination of employment of approximately 35 individuals on November 12, 2008. For a detailed discussion of our restructuring expenses, please see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We did not incur any restructuring expense during the year ended December 31, 2007.

In-process Research and Development

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we expensed $1.8 million for in-process research and development related to intangible assets purchased in our acquisition of SkipJam.certain assets of CP Secure. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding thethis acquisition. In-process R&D isThe

in-process research and development was expensed upon an acquisition because technological feasibility hashad not been established and no future alternative uses exist. We acquired only onetwo in-process R&D project,research and development projects, both of which is relatedinvolved improvements to the developmentthreat management characteristics of a multimedia product that had not reached technological feasibility and had no alternative use.future products. We incurred costs of approximately $725,000$1.2 million to complete the project,projects, of which approximately $575,000$120,000 was incurred throughduring the year ended December 31, 2006.2008 and an additional $1.1 million was incurred during the year ended December 31, 2009. We completed theone project in February 2007.

Litigation reserves
the beginning of the year ended December 31, 2009 and the final project at the end of the year ended December 31, 2009.

During the year ended December 31, 2005,2007, we recorded an allowanceexpensed $4.1 million for in-process research and development related to intangible assets purchased in our acquisition of $802,000 forInfrant. The in-process research and development was expensed upon acquisition because technological feasibility had not been established and no future alternative uses exist. We acquired three in-process research and development projects. Two projects involve development of new products in the estimatedReadyNAS desktop product category, and one project involves development of a higher end version of a product currently selling in the ReadyNAS rack mount product category. We incurred costs of settlementapproximately $1.6 million to complete the projects, of which approximately $1.4 million was incurred during the year ended December 31, 2008 and an additional $200,000 was incurred during the year ended December 31, 2009. We completed two projects in the middle of the year ended December 31, 2008 and the final project in the middle of the year ended December 31, 2009.

Technology License Arrangements

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we entered into a $2.5 million arrangement to license certain software technologies that we may integrate into certain future products. We have not yet established the technological feasibility of these products, and we do not believe the software has an alternative future use. In this situation, the authoritative guidance for software states that theZilberman v. NETGEAR lawsuit. The lawsuit was settled on May 26, 2006, cost of software purchased to be integrated with products that have not yet reached technological feasibility and no material additional costs were incurred. No litigation reserves were recordeddo not have an alternative use should be expensed. As such, we expensed the entire technology license arrangement amount of $2.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2006.

2009.

Litigation Reserves and Payments

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded net litigation reserves expense of $2.1 million. This expense was primarily comprised of $2.6 million in estimated costs related to the settlement of various lawsuits against us, which includes $2.1 million related to a one-time settlement payment made to the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization (“CSIRO”) and $350,000 related to a one-time settlement payment made to Network-1 Security Solutions, Inc. (“Network-1”). These expenses were offset by a reduction in previously accrued legal settlement costs of $500,000 due to a summary judgment ruling in our favor on a particular case.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded net litigation reserves expense of $711,000. This expense was primarily comprised of $575,000 in estimated costs related to the settlement of various lawsuits filed against us. Additionally, we incurred an expense of $109,000 for costs related to the settlement of the patent-infringement lawsuit filed by Hybrid Patents, Inc. (“Hybrid”) against Charter Communications, Inc. (“Charter”) where we assumed the defense of the litigation after receiving a request for indemnification from Charter and an expense of $85,000 for costs related to the settlement of the patent-infringement lawsuit filed by Linex Technologies, Inc. against us. These expenses were offset by a reduction in previously accrued legal settlement costs of $58,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded an expense of $167,000 for costs related to the settlement of theSercoNet v. NETGEAR lawsuit.

For a detailed discussion of our litigation matters, please see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest incomeIncome and other income (expense)Other Income (Expense)

             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
     (In thousands)    
 
Interest income $1,593  $4,104  $6,974 
Other income (expense), net  (560)  (1,770)  2,495 
             
Total interest income and other income (expense) $1,033  $2,334  $9,469 
             

   Year Ended December 31,
   2009  2008  2007
   (In thousands)

Interest income and other income (expense)

    

Interest income, net

  $629   $4,336   $8,426

Other income (expense), net

   (128  (8,384  3,298
            

Total interest income and other income (expense)

  $501   $(4,048 $11,724
            

Interest income represents amounts earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.

Other income (expense), net, primarily represents gains and losses on transactions denominated in foreign currencies and other miscellaneous expenses.

2009 Interest income increased $2.9 million, or 69.9%,Income and Other Income (Expense) Compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in interest income was a result of an increase in the average interest rate earned.

2008 Interest Income and Other income (expense), net, increased to income of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from an expense of $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The income of $2.5 million was primarily attributable to a net foreign exchange gain experienced in the year ended December 31, 2006 due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro, the Great Britain Pound, and the Australian Dollar. The expense of $1.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 was primarily attributable to a net foreign exchange loss experienced due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro, Great Britain Pound and the Australian Dollar.


35

Income (Expense)


The aggregate of interest income, interest expense, other income, and other expense amounted to net other income of $2.3$501,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to net other expense of $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared2008. We recorded a net foreign exchange loss of $8.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 due to the continued strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the euro, the British pound, the Australian dollar and the Japanese yen during 2008. We implemented a hedging program in November 2008, and therefore the impact of fluctuations in currency decreased significantly during the year ended December 31, 2009, resulting in a decrease in net foreign exchange losses of $8.3 million. This decrease in net other expense is partially offset by decrease in interest income of $3.7 million, which is a result of a decrease in interest rates on our cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments balances during the year.

2008 Interest Income and Other Income (Expense) Compared to 2007 Interest Income and Other Income (Expense)

The aggregate of interest income, interest expense, other income, and other expense amounted to net other incomeexpense of $1.0$4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This change was primarily due2008, compared to an additional $2.5net other income of $11.7 million in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2005, from the investment2007. The decrease is partially due to a $4.1 million decrease in interest income, which is a result of a decrease in interest rates on our cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments balance throughoutbalances during the year. ThisWe also recorded a net foreign exchange loss of $8.4 million due to the continued strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the euro, the British pound, the Australian dollar and the Japanese yen during 2008, which was offseta reversal of the weakening U.S. dollar trend experienced in part by an increase in other expense of $1.2 million consisting primarily of realized and unrealized losses associated with foreign currency denominated transactions due in part to currency volatility during the year as well as our billing in foreign currencies which began in the first quarter of 2005.

2007.

Provision for Income Taxes

2009 Provision for Income Taxes Compared to 2008 Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes increased $7.0decreased $4.1 million, resulting in a provision of $27.9$23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from2009, compared to a provision of $20.9$27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.2008. The effective tax rate was approximately 40%increased from 60.2% for the year ended December 31, 2006 and approximately 38%2008 to 71.3% for the year ended December 31, 2005.2009. The effective tax rate for both periods differed from ourthe statutory rate of 35% due to non-deductible stock-based compensation, state taxes, other non-deductible expenses, and tax credits. Additionally, in 2009 tax attributable to foreign operations increased the effective tax rate by 28.4 percentage points compared to an increase of 19.4 percentage points for 2008. This was primarily caused by the tax effect of non-deductible losses in foreign jurisdictions where no benefit can be claimed as well as increases in earnings in countries with rates higher than 35%.

2008 Provision for Income Taxes Compared to 2007 Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes decreased $3.6 million, resulting in a provision of $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to a provision of $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The effective tax rate increased from 40.2% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 60.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The effective tax rate for both periods differed from the statutory rate of approximately 35% due to non-deductible stock-based compensation, state taxes, other non-deductible expenses, and tax credits. The effective taxIn 2008, there was no rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 was also impacted by non-deductible charges pertaining toeffect from in-process research and development as a result ofexpensed in connection with the acquisition of SkipJam.

ProvisionCP Secure since such in-process research and development was deductible for tax purposes. In 2007, the acquisition of Infrant resulted in non-deductible in-process research and development expense which resulted in an increase in the effective tax rate. Additionally, in 2008 compared to 2007, tax attributable to foreign operations increased the effective tax rate by 19.4 percentage points. This was primarily caused by the tax effect of non-deductible losses in foreign jurisdictions where no benefit can be claimed as well as increases in earnings in countries with rates higher than 35%.

Net Income

Net income taxes increased $8.0decreased $8.8 million, or 48.3%, to a provision of $20.9$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005,2009, from a provision of $12.9$18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 20052008. This decrease was approximately 38% and differed from our statutory rateprimarily attributable to a decrease in gross profit of approximately 35% due to state taxes, and other non-deductible expenses,$34.6 million. This decrease was offset in part by tax credits. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2004 was approximately 36% and differed from our statutory rate of approximately 35% due to non-deductible stock-based compensation, state taxes, and other non-deductible expenses, offset in part by a $1.5decrease in operating expenses of $17.3 million tax benefit from exercisesand a decrease in other expense, net of stock options and tax credits.

Net Income
$8.3 million.

Net income increased $7.5decreased $27.9 million, or 60.7%, to $41.1$18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 20062008, from $33.6$46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.2007. This increasedecrease was dueprimarily attributable to an increase in gross profit of $42.0 million and an increase in interest and other income of $7.1 million, offset by an increase in operating expenses of $34.6$14.1 million, a decrease in other income (expense), net, of $11.7 million, and an increasea decrease in interest income, net, of $4.1 million. These decreases in pre-tax income were offset by a decrease in provision for income taxes of $7.0$3.6 million.

Net income increased $10.1 million, to $33.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase was primarily due to an increase in gross profit of $28.9 million, offset by an increase in operating expenses of $12.0 million and an increase in provision for income taxes of $8.0 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 20062009, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaling $197.5$247.1 million.

Our cash and cash equivalents balance decreased from $90.0$192.8 million as of December 31, 20052008 to $87.7$172.2 million as of December 31, 2006.2009. Our short-term investments, which represent the investment of funds available for current operations, increased from $83.7$10.2 million as of December 31, 20052008 to $109.7$74.9 million as of December 31, 2006.2009, as we shifted assets from low risk money market funds to Treasuries with higher returns. Operating activities during the year ended December 31, 20062009 generated cash of $23.1 million primarily due to an increase in net income.$48.1 million. Investing activities during the year ended December 31, 20062009 used $37.7$72.3 million, which includes the net purchasepurchases of short-term investments of $24.2$89.8 million, purchases of property and equipment amounting to $5.9 million, and payments made in connection with our acquisition of SkipJamCP Secure of $7.6$3.5 million, and purchases of property and equipment amounting to $3.9 million, offset primarily by net proceeds from the sale of short-term investments of $25.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, financing activities provided $12.3$3.6 million, primarily resulting fromdue to the issuance of our common stock upon exercise of stock options and our employee stock purchase program.

program, as well as the excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options.

Our days sales outstanding decreased from 7781 days as of December 31, 20052008 to 6671 days as of December 31, 2006.

2009 due to our increased focus on collections.

Our accounts payable increased from $38.9$60.1 million at December 31, 20052008 to $39.8$69.1 million at December 31, 2006.


36

2009 primarily as a result of timing of payments.


Inventory increaseddecreased by $26.0$21.6 million from $51.9$112.2 million at December 31, 20052008 to $77.9$90.6 million at December 31, 2006.2009 in part due to greater sales in the three months ended December 31, 2009. Ending inventory

turns decreased,increased from approximately 6.54.0 turns in the quarterthree months ended December 31, 2005,2008, to 5.76.7 turns in the quarterthree months ended December 31, 2006.

2009.

We enter into foreign currency forward-exchange contracts, which typically mature in three to six months, to hedge a portion of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations of foreign currency-denominated revenue, costs of revenue, certain operating expenses, receivables, payables, and cash balances. We record on the consolidated balance sheet at each reporting period the fair value of our forward-exchange contracts and record any fair value adjustments in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains and losses associated with currency rate changes on hedge contracts that are non-designated under the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging are recorded within other income (expense), net, offsetting foreign exchange gains and losses on our monetary assets and liabilities. Gains and losses associated with currency rate changes on hedge contracts that are designated cash flow hedges under the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging are recorded within cumulative other comprehensive income until the related revenue, costs of revenue, or expenses are recognized.

On October 21, 2008, the Board of Directors approved plans to purchase shares of our common stock in the open market. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not repurchase any shares of common stock under this repurchase authorization. During the year ended December 31, 2008 we purchased approximately 1.2 million shares of our common stock in the open market for cash of $12.2 million. As of December 31, 2009, we were authorized to purchase up to an additional 4.8 million shares under the share repurchase plan. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the accounting for our common stock repurchases. The stock repurchase authorization does not have an expiration date and the pace of repurchase activity will depend on various factors including, but not limited to, such factors as levels of cash generation from operations, cash requirements for acquisitions, and current stock price. Although we did not repurchase any shares of common stock under this repurchase authorization, we repurchased approximately 22,000 shares, or $282,000 of common stock, related to the lapse of restricted stock units during the year ended December 31, 2009.

Based on our current plans and market conditions, we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for the forseeableforeseeable future. However, we cannot be certain that our planned levels of revenue, costs and expenses will be achieved. If our operating results fail to meet our expectations or if we fail to manage our inventory, accounts receivable or other assets, we could be required to seek additional funding through public or private financings or other arrangements. In addition, as we continue to expand our product offerings, channels and geographic presence, we may require additional working capital. In such event, adequate funds may not be available when needed or may not be available on favorable or commercially acceptable terms, which could have a negative effect on our business and results of operations.

Backlog

As of December 31, 2006,2009, we had a backlog of approximately $42.7$65.6 million, as compared to approximately $15.7$37.7 million as of December 31, 2005.2008, primarily due to supply constraints and greater product demand in the three months ended December 31, 2009. Our backlog consists of products for which customer purchase orders have been received and which are scheduled or in the process of being scheduled for shipment. While we expect to fulfill the order backlog within the current year, most orders are subject to rescheduling or cancellation with little or no penalties. Because of the possibility of customer changes in product scheduling or order cancellation, our backlog as of any particular date may not be an indicator of net sales for any succeeding period.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations

The following table describes our commitments to settle non-cancelable lease and purchase commitments as of December 31, 2006.

                     
  Less Than 1
        More Than
    
  Year  1-3 Years  3-5 Years  5 Years  Total 
  (In thousands) 
 
Operating leases
 $2,371  $2,016  $1,053  $3,214  $8,654 
Purchase obligations
 $55,227  $  $  $  $55,227 
                     
  $57,598  $2,016  $1,053  $3,214  $63,881 
                     
2009.

   Less Than
1 Year
  1-3
Years
  3-5
Years
  More Than
5 Years
  Total
   (In thousands)

Operating leases, net of sublease payments

  $5,626  $7,584  $6,715  $15,784  $35,709

Purchase obligations

  $81,312  $—    $—    $—    $81,312
                    
  $86,938  $7,584  $6,715  $15,784  $117,021
                    

In January 2010, we completed the acquisition of certain intellectual property and other assets of Leaf Networks, LLC (“Leaf”). The acquisition qualified as a business acquisition and will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The aggregate purchase price was $2.1 million, paid in cash. Additionally, the acquisition agreement specified that Leaf shareholders may receive a total additional payout of up to $900,000 in cash over the three years following closure of the acquisition if developed products pass certain acceptance criteria. We determined that the present value of the $900,000 potential additional payout is approximately $800,000, for which we will record a liability in the three months ending March 28, 2010.

In accordance with the purchase method of accounting and as updated with the FASB’s April 2009 additional authoritative guidance for business combinations, we will allocate the total purchase price to identifiable intangible assets in the three months ending March 28, 2010 based on each element’s estimated fair value. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. Purchased intangibles will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. Goodwill will be recorded based on the residual purchase price after allocating the purchase price to the fair market value of intangible assets acquired certain expensed acquisition costs. Goodwill arises as a result of the $800,000 present valuation of the $900,000 potential additional payout, plus $100,000 in additional payment consideration. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is as follows (in thousands):

Intangibles, net

   2,000

Goodwill

   900
    

Total purchase price allocation

  $2,900
    

The $2.0 million in acquired intangible assets was designated as existing technology. The value was calculated based on the present value of the future estimated cash flows derived from projections of future revenue attributable to existing technology. This $2.0 million will be amortized over its estimated useful life of seven years.

We lease office space, cars and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through December 2026. Rent expense was $1.3$6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, $1.52009, $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 20052008, and $2.2$3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.2007. The terms of some of the office leases provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and have accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid. We have also accrued for the expected loss on certain facilities we do not intend to sublease. The amounts presented are consistent with contractual terms and are not expected to differ significantly, unless a substantial change in our headcount needs requires us to exit an office facility early or expand our occupied space.

We enter into various inventory-related purchase agreements with suppliers. Generally, under these agreements, 50% of the orders are cancelable by giving notice 46 to 60 days prior to the expected shipment date

and 25% of orders are cancelable by giving notice31-45 31 to 45 days prior to the expected shipment date. Orders are not cancelable within 30 days prior to the expected shipment date. At December 31, 2006,2009, we had $55.2$81.3 million in non-cancelable purchase commitments with suppliers.

As part of our acquisition of SkipJam, we agreed We expect to pay up to $1.4 million in cash contingent on the continued employment of certain former SkipJam employees with us. These payments will be recorded as compensation expense over a two-year period. During the year ended December 31, 2006,sell all products for which we have recorded $486,000committed purchases from suppliers.

We adopted the guidance related to the recognition and measurement of additional compensation expense pursuant to this agreement, and expect to pay up to $933,000 over the remaining life of this agreement.


37


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
uncertain tax positions on January 1, 2007. As of December 31, 2006,2009 and December 31, 2008, we had $18.0 million and $14.5 million, respectively, of total gross unrecognized tax benefits and related interest. The timing of any payments which could result from these unrecognized tax benefits will depend upon a number of factors. Accordingly, the timing of payment cannot be estimated. We do not expect a significant tax payment related to these obligations to occur within the next 12 months.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2009, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SECRegulation S-K.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for recent accounting pronouncements.

pronouncements, which are hereby incorporated by reference into this Part II, Item 7.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We have an investment portfolio of fixed income securities that are classified as“available-for-sale “available-for-sale securities.” These securities, like all fixed income instruments, are subject to interest rate risk and will fall in value if market interest rates increase. We attempt to limit this exposure by investing primarily in highly rated short-term securities. Our investment policy requires investments to be rated triple-A with the objective of minimizing the potential risk of principal loss. Due to the short duration and conservative nature of our investment portfolio, a movement of 10% by market interest rates would not have a material impact on our operating results and the total value of the portfolio over the next fiscal year.

We are exposedmonitor our interest rate and credit risks, including our credit exposure to risks associated with foreign exchange rate fluctuations duespecific rating categories and to individual issuers. There were no impairment charges on our international manufacturing and sales activities. investments during fiscal 2009.

Foreign Currency Transaction Risk

We generally have not hedged currency exposures. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could negatively impact our operating results and financial condition. In the second quarter of 2005 we began to invoice some of our international customers in foreign currencies including, but not limited to, the Euro, Great Britain Pound,Australian dollar, British pound, euro, and Japanese Yen and the Australian dollar.yen. As the customers that are currently invoiced in local currency become a larger percentage of our business, or to the extent we begin to bill additional customers in foreign currencies, the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates could have a more significant impact on our results of operations. For those customers in our international markets that we continue to sell to in U.S. dollars, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could make our products more expensive and therefore reduce the demand for our products. Such a decline in the demand for our products could reduce sales and negatively impact our operating results. Certain operating expenses of our foreign operations require payment in the local currencies.

We are exposed to risks associated with foreign exchange rate fluctuations due to our international sales and operating activities. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could negatively impact our operating results and financial condition. We began using foreign currency forward contract derivatives in the fourth quarter of 2008 to partially offset our business exposure to foreign exchange risk on our foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. Additionally, in the second quarter of 2009 we began

entering into certain foreign currency forward contracts that have been designated as cash flow hedges under the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging to partially offset our business exposure to foreign exchange risk on portions of our anticipated foreign currency revenue, costs of revenue, and certain operating expenses. The objective of these foreign currency forward contracts is to reduce the impact of currency exchange rate movements on our operating results by offsetting gains and losses on the forward contracts with increases or decreases in foreign currency transactions. The contracts are marked-to-market on a monthly basis with gains and losses included in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and in cumulative other comprehensive income on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We do not use foreign currency contracts for speculative or trading purposes. Hedging of our balance sheet and anticipated cash flow exposures may not always be effective to protect us against currency exchange rate fluctuations. In addition, we do not fully hedge our balance sheet and anticipated cash flow exposures, leaving us at risk to foreign exchange gains and losses on the un-hedged exposures. If there were an adverse movement in exchange rates, we might suffer significant losses. See Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosure on our foreign currency contracts, which are hereby incorporated by reference into this Part II, Item 7A.

As of December 31, 2006,2009, we had net assets in various local currencies. A hypothetical 10% movement in foreign exchange rates would result in an after taxafter-tax positive or negative impact of $2.6 million$440,000 to net income, net of our hedged position, at December 31, 2006.


382009. Actual future gains and losses associated with our foreign currency exposures and positions may differ materially from the sensitivity analyses performed as of December 31, 2009 due to the inherent limitations associated with predicting the foreign currency exchange rates, and our actual exposures and positions. For the year ended December 31, 2009, 23% of total net revenue was denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.


Item 8.Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of NETGEAR, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined inRules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company assessed the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. In conducting its evaluation, the Company used the criteria set forth in theInternal Control-Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on its evaluation and those criteria, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has audited management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 as stated in their report which appears herein.


39


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of NETGEAR, Inc.:

We have completed integrated audits of NETGEAR, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index appearing under Item 15 (a)15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NETGEAR, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 20062009 and December 31, 2005,2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20062009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15 (a)15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. TheseAlso in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial statements and financial statement schedule arereporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the responsibilityCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management. Our responsibilitymanagement is to express an opinion onresponsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An auditmisstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements includesincluded examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
opinions.

As discussed in Note 7 of1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in accordance with the adoption of SFAS 123R,consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for share-based compensationfair value measurement of financial assets and liabilities in 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2006.

Internal control over financial reporting
Also,manner in our opinion, management’s assessment, includedwhich it accounts for uncertain tax positions in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 8, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Frameworkissued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
2007.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,


40


accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERSPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 1, 2007


412010


NETGEAR, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
         
  December 31, 
  2005  2006 
  (In thousands, except share and per share data) 
 
ASSETS
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents $90,002  $87,736 
Short-term investments  83,654   109,729 
Accounts receivable, net  104,269   119,601 
Inventories  51,873   77,932 
Deferred income taxes  11,503   13,415 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  9,408   15,946 
         
Total current assets  350,709   424,359 
Property and equipment, net  4,702   6,568 
Intangibles, net     975 
Goodwill  558   3,800 
Other non-current assets  328   2,202 
         
Total assets $356,297  $437,904 
         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable $38,912  $39,818 
Accrued employee compensation  7,743   11,803 
Other accrued liabilities  66,279   75,909 
Deferred revenue  4,304   8,215 
Income taxes payable  3,055   7,737 
         
Total current liabilities  120,293   143,482 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)        
Stockholders’ equity:        
Preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized in 2005 and 2006; none outstanding in 2005 or 2006      
Common stock: $0.001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized in 2005 and 2006; shares issued and outstanding: 32,963,596 in 2005 and 33,960,506 in 2006  33   33 
Additional paid-in capital  204,754   221,487 
Deferred stock-based compensation  (468)   
Cumulative other comprehensive loss  (90)  (5)
Retained earnings  31,775   72,907 
         
Total stockholders’ equity  236,004   294,422 
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $356,297  $437,904 
         

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

   December 31,
   2009  2008

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

  $172,202  $192,839

Short-term investments

   74,898   10,170

Accounts receivable, net

   162,853   138,275

Inventories

   90,590   112,240

Deferred income taxes

   13,347   13,129

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   20,835   22,695
        

Total current assets

   534,725   489,348

Property and equipment, net

   16,891   20,292

Intangibles, net

   8,298   13,311

Goodwill

   64,908   61,400

Other non-current assets

   8,299   1,858
        

Total assets

  $633,121  $586,209
        

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

  $69,081  $60,073

Accrued employee compensation

   11,040   7,177

Other accrued liabilities

   87,894   87,747

Deferred revenue

   22,106   21,508

Income taxes payable

   5,488   —  
        

Total current liabilities

   195,609   176,505

Non-current income taxes payable

   17,479   12,357

Other non-current liabilities

   5,880   6,389
        

Total liabilities

   218,968   195,251

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized in 2009 and 2008; none outstanding in 2009 or 2008

   —     —  

Common stock: $0.001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized in 2009 and 2008; shares issued and outstanding: 34,732,579 in 2009 and 34,280,539 in 2008

   35   34

Additional paid-in capital

   280,256   266,070

Cumulative other comprehensive income

   24   67

Retained earnings

   133,838   124,787
        

Total stockholders’ equity

   414,153   390,958
        

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $633,121  $586,209
        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


42


NETGEAR, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
  (In thousands, except per share data) 
 
Net revenue $383,139  $449,610  $573,570 
Cost of revenue(1)  260,318   297,911   379,911 
             
Gross profit  122,821   151,699   193,659 
             
Operating expenses:            
Research and development(1)  10,316   12,837   18,443 
Sales and marketing(1)  62,247   71,345   91,881 
General and administrative(1)  14,905   14,559   20,905 
In-process research and development        2,900 
Litigation reserves     802    
             
Total operating expenses  87,468   99,543   134,129 
             
Income from operations  35,353   52,156   59,530 
Interest income  1,593   4,104   6,974 
Other income (expense), net  (560)  (1,770)  2,495 
             
Income before income taxes  36,386   54,490   68,999 
Provision for income taxes  12,921   20,867   27,867 
             
Net income $23,465  $33,623  $41,132 
             
Net income per share:            
Basic $0.77  $1.04  $1.23 
             
Diluted $0.72  $0.99  $1.19 
             
Weighted average shares outstanding used to compute net income per share:            
Basic  30,441   32,351   33,381 
             
Diluted  32,626   33,939   34,553 
             
(1) Stock-based compensation expense was allocated as follows:            
Cost of revenue $163  $147  $430 
Research and development  400   293   1,119 
Sales and marketing  733   375   1,405 
General and administrative  391   249   1,551 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   Year Ended December 31,
  2009  2008  2007

Net revenue

  $686,595   $743,344   $727,787

Cost of revenue

   480,195    502,320    485,180
            

Gross profit

   206,400    241,024    242,607
            

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   30,056    33,773    28,070

Sales and marketing

   106,162    121,687    117,938

General and administrative

   32,727    31,733    27,220

Restructuring

   809    1,929    —  

In-process research and development

   —      1,800    4,100

Technology license arrangements

   2,500    —      —  

Litigation reserves, net

   2,080    711    167
            

Total operating expenses

   174,334    191,633    177,495
            

Income from operations

   32,066    49,391    65,112

Interest income, net

   629    4,336    8,426

Other income (expense), net

   (128  (8,384  3,298
            

Income before income taxes

   32,567    45,343    76,836

Provision for income taxes

   23,234    27,293    30,882
            

Net income

  $9,333   $18,050   $45,954
            

Net income per share:

    

Basic

  $0.27   $0.51   $1.32
            

Diluted

  $0.27   $0.51   $1.28
            

Weighted average shares outstanding used to compute net income per share:

    

Basic

   34,485    35,212    34,809
            

Diluted

   34,848    35,619    35,839
            

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


43


NETGEAR, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2004, 20052007, 2008 and 2006

                             
              Cumulative
  Retained
    
        Additional
  Deferred
  Other
  Earnings
    
  Common Stock  Paid-in
  Stock-Based
  Comprehensive
  (Accumulated
    
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Compensation  Income (Loss)  Deficit)  Total 
  (In thousands, except share data) 
 
Balance at December 31, 2003  28,618,969   28   164,459   (4,248)  13   (25,313)  134,939 
Comprehensive income:                            
Unrealized loss on short-term investments              (20)     (20)
Net income                 23,465   23,465 
                             
Total comprehensive income                    23,445 
                             
Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation        (678)  678          
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation           1,688         1,688 
Exercise of common stock options  2,796,428   3   12,965            12,968 
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan  39,217      381            381 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options        11,773            11,773 
                             
Balance at December 31, 2004  31,454,614   31   188,900   (1,882)  (7)  (1,848)  185,194 
Comprehensive income:                            
Unrealized loss on short-term investments              (83)     (83)
Net income                 33,623   33,623 
                             
Total comprehensive income                    33,540 
                             
Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation        (350)  350          
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation           1,064         1,064 
Exercise of common stock options  1,422,123   2   8,101            8,103 
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan  86,859      1,002            1,002 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options        7,101            7,101 
                             
Balance at December 31, 2005  32,963,596   33   204,754   (468)  (90)  31,775   236,004 
Comprehensive income:                            
Unrealized gain on short-term investments              85      85 
Net income                 41,132   41,132 
                             
Total comprehensive income                    41,217 
                             
Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation        (468)  468          
Stock-based compensation expense        4,505            4,505 
Exercise of common stock options  932,928      7,433            7,433 
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan  63,982      1,100            1,100 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options        4,163            4,163 
                             
Balance at December 31, 2006  33,960,506  $33  $221,487  $  $(5) $72,907  $294,422 
                             
2009

(In thousands)

   Common Stock  Additional
Paid-In

Capital
  Cumulative
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
  Retained
Earnings
    
   Shares  Amount      Total 

Balance at December 31, 2006

  33,961   $34   $221,486  $(5 $72,907   $294,422  
                        

Cumulative adjustment resulting from adoption of ASC 740

  —      —      —     —      255    255  

Comprehensive income:

        

Change in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

  —      —      —     106    —      106  

Net income

  —      —      —     —      45,954    45,954  
           

Total comprehensive income

  —      —      —     —      —      46,060  
           

Stock-based compensation expense

  —      —      8,879   —      —      8,879  

Purchase and retirement of common stock

  (5  —      —     —      (150  (150

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

  1,288    1    13,692   —      —      13,693  

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

  —      —      8,364   —      —      8,364  
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

  35,244    35    252,421   101    118,966    371,523  
                        

Comprehensive income:

        

Change in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

  —      —      —     (34  —      (34

Net income

  —      —      —     —      18,050    18,050  
           

Total comprehensive income

  —      —      —     —      —      18,016  
           

Stock-based compensation expense

  —      —      11,206   —      —      11,206  

Purchase and retirement of common stock

  (1,178  (1  —     —      (12,229  (12,230

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

  214    —      2,362   —      —      2,362  

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

  —      —      81   —      —      81  
                        

Balance at December 31, 2008

  34,280    34    266,070   67    124,787    390,958  
                        

Comprehensive income:

        

Change in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

  —      —      —     (63  —      (63

Change in unrealized gains and losses on derivatives, net of tax

  —      —      —     20    —      20  

Net income

  —      —      —     —      9,333    9,333  
           

Total comprehensive income

  —      —      —     —      —      9,290  
           

Stock-based compensation expense

  —      —      11,059   —      —      11,059  

Purchase and retirement of common stock

  (21  —      —     —      (282  (282

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

  474    1    2,991   —      —      2,992  

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

  —      —      136   —      —      136  
                        

Balance at December 31, 2009

  34,733   $35   $280,256  $24   $133,838   $414,153  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


44


NETGEAR, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
  (In thousands) 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
            
Net income $23,465  $33,623  $41,132 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation and amortization  2,593   3,069   7,078 
Amortization (accretion) of investment purchase premiums (discounts)  210   (1,373)  (1,835)
Non-cash stock-based compensation  1,688   1,064   4,505 
Income tax benefit associated with stock option exercises  11,773   7,101   4,163 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation        (3,806)
Deferred income taxes  (2,419)  (356)  (3,252)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:            
Accounts receivable  (8,037)  (22,066)  (15,332)
Inventories  (14,291)  1,684   (26,059)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (2,492)  (1,358)  (6,582)
Accounts payable  21,850   (13,830)  906 
Accrued employee compensation  1,663   2,209   4,060 
Other accrued liabilities  19,667   15,313   9,497 
Deferred revenue  (237)  2,160   3,911 
Income taxes payable  1,894   (604)  4,682 
             
Net cash provided by operating activities  57,327   26,636   23,068 
             
Cash flows from investing activities:
            
Purchases of short-term investments  (451,287)  (124,471)  (173,191)
Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments  420,494   117,873   149,036 
Purchase of property and equipment  (2,546)  (4,193)  (5,918)
Payments made in connection with business acquisition        (7,600)
             
Net cash used in investing activities  (33,339)  (10,791)  (37,673)
             
Cash flows from financing activities:
            
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  12,968   8,103   7,433 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan  381   1,002   1,100 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation        3,806 
             
Net cash provided by financing activities  13,349   9,105   12,339 
             
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  37,337   24,950   (2,266)
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period  27,715   65,052   90,002 
             
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period $65,052  $90,002  $87,736 
             
Supplemental cash flow information:
            
Cash paid for income taxes $3,297  $14,728  $22,284 
             

(In thousands)

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2009  2008  2007 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

  $9,333   $18,050   $45,954  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   12,360    13,261    12,685  

Purchase premium amortization (discount accretion) on investments

   (4  56    (1,044

Non-cash stock-based compensation

   11,024    11,323    8,879  

Income tax benefit associated with stock option exercises

   136    81    8,364  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

   (869  (143  (7,053

Deferred income taxes

   (4,865  (2,029  (1,044

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:

    

Accounts receivable

   (24,578  19,490    (36,962

Inventories

   21,650    (29,135  (1,588

Prepaid expenses and other assets

   103    (2,175  (6,346

Accounts payable

   9,008    4,740    14,818  

Accrued employee compensation

   3,863    (8,908  3,886  

Other accrued liabilities

   (272  4,942    12,659  

Deferred revenue

   598    13,889    (616

Income taxes payable

   10,610    4,085    781  
             

Net cash provided by operating activities

   48,097    47,527    53,373  
             

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of short-term investments

   (89,827  (10,133  (75,670

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments

   25,000    37,700    148,765  

Purchase of property and equipment

   (3,945  (15,390  (9,839

Payments made in connection with business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

   (3,539  (24,635  (57,466
             

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   (72,311  (12,458  5,790  
             

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Purchase and retirement of common stock

   (282  (12,229  (150

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

   1,861    1,008    12,487  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

   1,129    1,353    1,206  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

   869    143    7,053  
             

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   3,577    (9,725  20,596  
             

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   (20,637  25,344    79,759  

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   192,839    167,495    87,736  
             

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $172,202   $192,839   $167,495  
             

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for income taxes

  $14,401   $25,177   $25,349  
             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


45


NETGEAR, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — 1—The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

The Company

NETGEAR, Inc. (“NETGEAR” or the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in January 1996. The Company designs, develops and markets networking products for small business,businesses, which the Company defines as a business with fewer than 250 employees, and home users. The Company focuses on satisfying theease-of-use, quality, reliability, performance and affordability requirements of these users. The Company’s product offerings enable users to share Internetinternet access, peripherals, files, digital multimedia content and applications among multiple personal computers, or PCs,networked devices and other Internet-enabledinternet-enabled devices. The Company sells products primarily through a global sales channel network, which includes traditional retailers, online retailers, wholesale distributors, direct market resellers, or DMRs, value added resellers, or VARs, and broadband service providers.

Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidation of these subsidiaries. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period reported amounts to conform to current year presentation.

Fiscal periods

The Company’s fiscal year begins on January 1 of the year stated and ends on December 31 of the same year. The Company reports its results on a fiscal quarter basis rather than on a calendar quarter basis. Under the fiscal quarter basis, each of the first three fiscal quarters ends on the Sunday closest to the calendar quarter end, with the fourth quarter ending on December 31.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity at the time of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company deposits cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions.

Short-term investments

Short-term investments compriseare comprised of marketable securities that consist of government securities with an original maturity or a remaining maturity at the time of purchase, of greater than three months and lessno more than twelve12 months. All marketable securities are held in the Company’s name with twoone high quality financial institutions, who actinstitution, which acts as the Company’s custodianscustodian and investment managers.manager. All of the Company’s marketable securities are classified asavailable-for-sale securities in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, “Accounting For Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”the authoritative guidance for investments and are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.


46


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Certain risks and uncertainties

The Company’s products are concentrated in the networking industry, which is characterized by rapid technological advances, changes in customer requirements and evolving regulatory requirements and industry standards. The success of the Company depends on management’s ability to anticipateand/or to respond quickly and adequately to technological developments in its industry, changes in customer requirements, or changes in regulatory requirements or industry standards. Any significant delays in the development or introduction of products could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and operating results.

The Company relies on a limited number of third parties to manufacture all of its products. If any of the Company’s third party manufacturers cannot or will not manufacture its products in required volumes, on a cost-effective basis, in a timely manner, or at all, the Company will have to secure additional manufacturing capacity. Any interruption or delay in manufacturing could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and operating results.

Derivative financial instruments

As discussed in Note 5, the Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to manage the exposures to foreign exchange risk related to expected future cash flows on certain forecasted revenue, costs of revenue, operating expenses, and on certain existing assets and liabilities. Foreign currency forward contracts generally mature within five months of inception. Under its foreign currency risk management strategy, the Company utilizes derivative instruments to reduce the impact of currency exchange rate movements on the Company’s operating results by offsetting gains and losses on the forward contracts with increases or decreases in foreign currency transactions. The company does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

The Company accounts for its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and records them at fair value. Derivatives that are not defined as hedges in the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging must be adjusted to fair value through earnings. For derivative instruments that hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that are designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of cumulative other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recognized in current earnings. To receive hedge accounting treatment, cash flow hedges must be highly effective in offsetting changes to expected future cash flows on hedged transactions. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, changes in the time value are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and are recognized in earnings.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company believes that there is minimal credit risk associated with the investment of its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, due to the high quality financial institutions which manage the Company’s investments, and the restrictions placed on the type of investment that can be entered into under the Company’s investment policy.

The Company’s short-term investments consist of investment-grade securities, and the Company’s cash and investments are held and managed by recognized financial institutions.

The Company’s customers are primarily distributors as well as retailers and broadband service providers who sell or distribute the products to a large group of end-users. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make required payments. The Company regularly performs credit evaluations of the Company’s customers’ financial condition and considers factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, and geographic or country-specific risks and current economic conditions that may affect customers’ ability to pay, and, generally, requires no collateral from its customers.

The Company secures credit insurance for certain customers in international markets.

The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to the foreign currency forward contracts used to mitigate the effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes. The Company believes the counterparties for its outstanding contracts are large, financially sound institutions and thus, the Company does not anticipate nonperformance by these counterparties. However, given the recent, unprecedented turbulence in the financial markets, the failure of additional counterparties is possible.

The following table summarizes the percentage of the Company’s total accounts receivable represented by customers with balances in excess of 10% of its total accounts receivable as of December 31, 20052009 and 2006.

         
  December 31, 
  2005  2006 
 
Ingram Micro, Inc.   21%  12%
Tech Data Corporation  15%  12%
Best Buy Co., Inc.   17%  15%
2008.

   December 31, 
       2009          2008     

Best Buy Co., Inc.

  26 18

Ingram Micro, Inc.

  9 12

Fair value of financial instrumentsmeasurements

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses,and accounts payable accrued employee compensation and other accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Foreign currency forward contracts are recorded at fair value based on observable market data. See Note 313 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosures regarding the fair value measurements in accordance with the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company regularly performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and considers factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, and geographic or country-specific risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed monthly and adjusted if necessary based on the Company’s assessments of its customers’ ability to pay. If the financial condition of the Company’s short-term investments.

customers should deteriorate or if actual defaults are higher than the Company’s historical experience, additional allowances may be required, which could have an adverse impact on operating expenses.

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of finished goods which are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined using thefirst-in, first-out method. The Company writes down its inventories based on estimated excess and obsolete inventories determined primarily by future demand forecasts. At the point of loss recognition, a new,


47


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

lower cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Computer equipment

  2 years

Furniture and fixtures

  5 years

Software

  2-5 years

Machinery and equipment

  1-32-3 years

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of the lease term or 5 years
The Company accounts for impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”

Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. The carrying value of the asset is reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of facts, both internal and external, that may suggest impairment. Charges related to the impairment of property and equipment were not material in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Goodwill

The Company did not recognize impairment charges in any of the periods presented.

Goodwill and intangibles
The Company applies SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and performs an annual goodwill impairment test.test in the fourth quarter of each year. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, the Company will perform the impairment test as those events or indicators occur. Examples of such events or circumstances include the following: a significant decline in the Company’s expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in the business climate; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group; and slower growth rates. For purposes of impairment testing, the Company has determined that it has only one reporting unit.

The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. In the estimationfirst step, the Company estimates the Company’s fair value and compares the fair value with the carrying value of the Company’s net assets. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value of the Company’s net assets, then no impairment results. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, then the Company would perform the second step and determine the fair value of the Company. The estimatesgoodwill. In this second step, the amount of impairment is determined by comparing the implied fair value to the carrying value of the goodwill in the same manner as if the Company was being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, the Company would allocate the fair value to all of the Company’s assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that would calculate the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, an impairment charge would be recorded to earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company are basedcompleted the annual impairment test of goodwill. In conducting its impairment test, the Company determined its fair value exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 62%. No goodwill impairment loss was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, or 2009.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on the best information available asCompany’s business, there can be no assurance that the Company’s estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the dateongoing economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of the assessment, which primarily includesCompany’s goodwill impairment testing during the year ended December 31, 2009 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If the Company’s market capitalization and incorporates management assumptions about expectedregarding forecasted revenue or earnings are not achieved, the Company may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future cash flows.

periods, whether in connection with the Company’s next annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of 2010 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

Long-lived assets

Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from two to fourfive years. Purchased intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Such conditions may include an economic downturn or a change

in the assessment of future operations. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. MeasurementIf the aggregate undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of anthe assets, the resulting impairment loss for long-livedcharge to be recorded is calculated based on the excess of the carrying value of the assets that management expects to hold and use is based onover the fair value of such assets, with the asset.fair value determined based on an estimate of discounted future cash flows. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The carrying value of the asset is reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of facts, both internal and external, that may suggest impairment.

During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2007, there were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated the carrying amount of the Company’s long-lived assets may not be recoverable from their undiscounted cash flows. Consequently, the Company did not perform an impairment test or record an impairment of its long-lived assets during those periods.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, a key employee responsible for managing the asset group acquired in connection with the Company’s 2006 acquisition of Skipjam Corp. departed the Company. The departure of this employee, along with the recent economic environment, resulted in the Company’s decision to reduce efforts geared at marketing the related products. As a result, the Company performed an impairment analysis of these long-lived assets during the fourth quarter of 2008. Based on the results of the analysis, the Company recorded an impairment charge, which was classified in cost of revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, of $458,000 in the year ended December 31, 2008 for the net carrying value of intangibles acquired in connection with the Company’s 2006 acquisition of Skipjam Corp.

The Company will continue to evaluate the carrying value of its long-lived assets and if it determines in the future that there is a potential further impairment, the Company may be required to record additional charges to earnings which could affect the Company’s financial results.

Product warranties

The Company provides for estimated future warranty obligations at the time revenue is recognized. The Company’s standard warranty obligation to its direct customers generally provides for a right of return of any product for a full refund in the event that such product is not merchantable or is found to be damaged or defective. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty returns is recorded to reduce revenue in the amount of the expected credit or refund to be provided to its direct customers. At the time the Company records the reduction to revenue related to warranty returns, the Company includes within cost of revenue a write-down to reduce the carrying value of such products to net realizable value. The Company’s standard warranty obligation to its end-users provides for repair or replacement of a defective product for one or more years. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include product failure rates, material usage, and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product


48


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

failures. The estimated cost associated with fulfilling the Company’s warranty obligation to end-users is recorded in cost of revenue. Because the Company’s products are manufactured by contractthird party manufacturers, in certain cases the Company has recourse to the contractthird party manufacturer for replacement or credit for the defective products. The Company gives consideration to amounts recoverable from its contractthird party manufacturers in determining its warranty liability. Changes in the Company’s warranty liability, which is included as a component of “Other accrued liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets, are as follows (in thousands):
         
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2005  2006 
 
Balance as of beginning of year $10,766  $11,845 
Provision for warranty liability made during the year  25,087   45,459 
Settlements made during the year  (24,008)  (36,005)
         
Balance at end of year $11,845  $21,299 
         

   Year Ended December 31, 
         2009              2008       

Balance as of beginning of the period

  $28,607   $27,557  

Provision for warranty liability made during the period

   43,083    46,449  

Warranty obligation assumed in acquisition

   —      82  

Settlements made during the period

   (41,080  (45,481
         

Balance at end of period

  $30,610   $28,607  
         

Revenue recognition

Revenue from product sales is generally recognized at the time the product is shipped provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Currently, for some of the Company’s customers, title passes to the customer upon delivery to the port or country of destination, upon their receipt of the product, or upon the customer’s resale of the product. At the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company estimates and defers revenue related to product where title has not transferred. The revenue continues to be deferred until such time that title passes to the customer.

The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including general economic and market conditions, past transaction history with the customer, and the creditworthiness of the customer. If the Company determines that collection of the fee is not reasonably assured, then the Company defers the fee and recognizes revenue upon receipt of payment.

In addition to warranty-related returns, certain distributors and retailers generally have the right to return product for stock rotation purposes. Every quarter, stock rotation rights are generally limited to 10% of invoiced sales to the distributor or retailer in the prior quarter. Upon shipment of the product, the Company reduces revenue for an estimate of potential future product warranty and stock rotation returns related to the current period product revenue. Management analyzes historical returns, channel inventory levels, current economic trends and changes in customer demand for the Company’s products when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for sales returns, namely warranty and stock rotation returns. Revenue on shipments is also reduced for estimated price protection and sales incentives deemed to be contra-revenue under Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issuethe authoritative guidance for revenue recognition.

No. 01-9.

Sales incentives
Sales incentives provided to customers are accounted for in accordance with EITF IssueNo. 01-9, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or Reseller of the Vendor’s Products”. Under these guidelines, the

The Company accrues for sales incentives as a marketing expense if it receives an identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, it is recorded as a reduction to revenues. As a consequence, the Company records a substantial portion of its channel marketing costs as a reduction of revenue.

The Company records estimated reductions to revenues for sales incentives at the later of when the related revenue is recognized or when the program is offered to the customer or end consumer.

Shipping and handling fees and costs

In September 2000, the EITF issued EITF IssueNo. 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs.” EITF IssueNo. 00-10 requires shipping and handling fees billed to customers to be classified as revenue and shipping and handling costs to be either classified as cost of revenue or disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in net revenue.


49


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight are included in cost of revenue. In cases where the Company gives a freight allowance to the customer for their own inbound freight costs, such costs are appropriately recorded as a reduction in net revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are included in sales and marketing expenses and totaled $6.4$11.0 million, $6.7$12.5 million and $8.3$11.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 20062007 respectively.

Research and development

Costs incurred in the research and development of new products are charged to expense as incurred.

Technology license arrangements

The Company expenses the licensing of software technologies intended to be integrated into certain future products if those products have not yet reached technological feasibility and the licensed software does not have alternative future use.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company entered into a $2.5 million arrangement to license certain software technologies that the Company may integrate into certain future products. The Company has not yet established the technological feasibility of these products, and does not believe the software has an alternative future use. In this situation, the authoritative guidance for software states that the cost of software purchased to be integrated with products that have not yet reached technological feasibility and do not have an alternative use should not be expensed. As such, the Company has expensed the entire technology license arrangement amount of $2.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2009.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotional expenses were $11.9$14.4 million, $14.5$17.0 million and $15.3$17.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 2006,2007, respectively.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences resulting from different treatmentstreatment for tax versus accounting offor certain items, such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheet. The Company must then assess the likelihood that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not more likely than not, the Company must establish a valuation allowance.

The

As discussed in Note 8, effective January 1, 2007, the Company assessesadopted authoritative guidance for accounting for uncertain income tax positions. In the probabilityordinary course of adverse outcomes from tax examinations regularly to determine the adequacy ofbusiness there is inherent uncertainty in assessing the Company’s income tax liability. Ifpositions. The Company assesses its tax positions and records benefits for all years subject to examination based on management’s evaluation of the Company ultimately determinesfacts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that payment of these amounts is unnecessary, the Company reverses the liability and recognizes a tax benefit during the period in whichwill be sustained, the Company determinesrecords the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that the liabilityhas full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no longer necessary. The Company records an additional chargetax benefit has been recorded in the Company’s provision for taxes in the period in which the Company determines that the recordedfinancial statements. Where applicable, associated interest and penalties have also been recognized as a component of income tax liability is less than the Company expects the ultimate assessment to be.

expense.

Computation of net income per share

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the additional dilution from potential issuances of common stock, such as stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options and awards. Potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share when their effect is anti-dilutive.

Stock-based compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”),the updated authoritative guidance for stock compensation, using the modified prospective transition method and therefore has not restated results for prior periods.method. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense for the yearyears ended December 31, 20062009, 2008 and 2007 includes compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accountingthe authoritative guidance for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”).stock compensation. Stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted on or after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in

accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R.the updated authoritative guidance for stock compensation. The valuation provisions of SFAS 123R also apply to grants that are modified after January 1, 2006. The Company recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally


50


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the option vesting term of four years. Prior toThe Company will recognize an excess benefit from stock-based compensation in equity based on the adoptiondifference between tax expense computed with consideration of SFAS 123R,the windfall deduction and without consideration of the windfall deduction. In addition, the Company recognizedaccounts for the indirect effects of stock-based compensation expense in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). In March 2005,on the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”) regarding the SEC’s interpretation of SFAS 123Rresearch tax credit and the valuation of share-based payments for public companies. The Company has appliedforeign tax credit in the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS 123R.income statement. See Note 710 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on stock-based compensation.

Comprehensive income

Under SFAS 130, “Reporting

Comprehensive Income,”income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholder’s equity that the Company is requiredexcluded from net income, including gains and losses related to display comprehensive incomefair value of short-term investments and its componentsthe effective portion of cash flow hedges that were outstanding as part of the financial statements. The Company has displayed its comprehensive income as partend of the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

year.

Foreign currency translation

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar for all of its international subsidiaries. Foreign currency transactions of international subsidiaries are remeasuredre-measured into U.S. dollars at theend-of-period exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities, and historical exchange rates for nonmonetarynon-monetary assets. Expenses are remeasuredre-measured at average exchange rates in effect during each period, except for expenses related to non-monetary assets, which are remeasuredre-measured at historical exchange rates. Revenue is remeasuredre-measured at the daily rateaverage exchange rates in effect as of the date the order ships.during each period. Gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions are included in nettotal comprehensive income and were net losses of $560,000 and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and a net gain of $2.5$954,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, a net loss of $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.

2008, and a net gain of $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In June 2006,December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accountingan update to the authoritative guidance for Uncertaintybusiness combinations and an amendment to the authoritative guidance for consolidation. The update to the authoritative guidance for business combinations will have a material impact on future business combinations by the Company as it establishes principles and requirements for how the Company: (1) recognizes and measures in Income Taxes —its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; (2) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and (3) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The update to the authoritative guidance for business combinations requires contingent consideration to be recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date and the recognition of in-process research and development as an interpretationindefinite-lived intangible asset until the development is complete, after which time the related capitalized costs would be amortized over the expected useful life. If the in-process research and development is subsequently abandoned prior to completion, the associated capitalized costs would be expensed in such period. The update to the authoritative guidance for business combinations also requires acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs to be expensed rather than treated as part of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifiesthe cost of the acquisition. The amendment to the authoritative guidance for consolidation will change the accounting and reporting for uncertainty in income tax positions. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, on a tax return. This Interpretation also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest, penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with this Interpretation is a two-step process. The first step will determine if it is more likely than not that a tax positionminority interests, which will be sustained upon examinationre-characterized as non-controlling interests and should therefore be recognized. The second step will measureclassified as a tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold to determine the amountcomponent of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. FIN 48 isequity. Both updates are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.2008. The Company is currently evaluatingadopted both updates on January 1, 2009. The Company will assess the impact of adopting FIN 48 on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2006,update to the EITF reached a consensus on EITF IssueNo. 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customersauthoritative guidance for business combinations if and Remittedwhen future acquisitions occur. The adoption of the amendment to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation)”. EITF IssueNo. 06-3 provides that the presentation of taxes assessed by a governmental authority that is directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer on either a gross basis (included in revenues and costs) or on a net basis (excluded from revenues) is an accounting policy decision that should be disclosed. EITF IssueNo. 06-3 is effectiveauthoritative guidance for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting EITF IssueNo. 06-3 on the consolidated financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes guidelines for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after


51


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 157 on the consolidated financial statements.
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 requires that registrants quantify errors using both a balance sheet and income statement approach and evaluate whether either approach results in a misstated amount that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006, andconsolidation did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2007,March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Optionadditional authoritative guidance for Financial Assetsderivatives and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entitieshedging. The update requires companies with derivative instruments to choosedisclose information that should enable financial-statement

users to measure manyunderstand how and why a company uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect a company’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The Company adopted this update in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. Since this update only required additional disclosure, the adoption did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2008, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance for intangibles, which amends the factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets under the authoritative guidance. This new guidance applies prospectively to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets in business combinations and asset acquisitions. The Company adopted this update in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial liabilitiesposition, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2008, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance for earnings per share, which addresses whether unvested instruments granted in share-based payment transactions that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are participating securities subject to the two-class method of computing earnings per share under the authoritative guidance for earnings per share. The Company adopted this update in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. This adoption did not result in a change in the Company’s earnings per share or diluted earnings per share.

In September 2008, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging and additional authoritative guidance for guarantees. These updates amend the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging to require disclosures by sellers of credit derivatives, including credit derivatives embedded in hybrid instruments. The additional authoritative guidance for guarantees requires additional disclosure about the current status of the payment/performance risk of a guarantee. The provisions of the additional authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging and the authoritative guidance for guarantees were effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. These updates also clarify the effective date for the additional authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging issued in March 2008. The Company adopted the disclosures required by the additional authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging issued in March 2008 in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. Since these updates only required additional disclosures, the adoption did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2009, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures, which requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods as well as in annual financial statements. This update also requires those disclosures in summarized financial information at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for whichinterim reporting periods. This update requires that an entity disclose in the body or in the accompanying notes of its financial information the fair value option has been electedof all financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value, whether recognized or not recognized in the statement of financial position, as required by the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. In addition, an entity shall also disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments. The Company adopted the provisions of this update in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. This update does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption. In periods after initial adoption, comparative disclosures are reportedrequired but only for periods ending after initial adoption. Since this update only required additional disclosures, the adoption did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The FASB’s additional authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures in earnings. SFAS 159April 2009 also provided additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with the guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. The additional guidance also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. This update does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative

purposes at initial adoption. In periods after initial adoption, comparative disclosures are required but only for periods ending after initial adoption. The Company adopted the provisions of the additional guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2009, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance for investments in debt and equity securities. This update establishes a new method of recognizing and reporting other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities, as well as contains additional disclosure requirements related to debt and equity securities. The additional guidance is effective in the second fiscal quarter of 2009. The Company adopted the provisions of the additional guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2009, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance for business combinations. The additional guidance addresses application issues on initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. The Company adopted this additional guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The Company will assess the impact of the additional guidance if and when future acquisitions occur.

In May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for subsequent events, which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This guidance sets forth the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements. The Company adopted the provisions of this guidance, which became effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. Other than our acquisition of Leaf Networks, LLC (see Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements), no material subsequent events have occurred since December 31, 2009 that required recognition or additional disclosure in the Company’s current period financial statements.

In August 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures to provide guidance on the fair value measurement of liabilities. The Company adopted this additional guidance in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In October 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance for revenue recognition on arrangements with multiple elements. The guidance eliminates the residual method of revenue recognition and allows the use of management’s best estimate of selling price for individual elements of an arrangement when vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), vendor objective evidence (“VOE”) or third-party evidence (“TPE”) is unavailable. Under the guidance, non-software components of tangible products and certain software components of tangible products have been removed from the scope of existing software revenue recognition guidance and will be recognized in a manner similar for other tangible products. This guidance should be applied on a prospective basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after NovemberJune 15, 2007.2010, with early adoption permitted. Full retrospective application of the guidance is optional. The Company is currently assessingplans to early adopt in the impactfirst quarter of SFAS 1592010, and does not anticipate that the adoption will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

position, results of operations, or cash flows based on current business practices.

Note 2 — 2—Business Acquisition:Acquisitions:

CP Secure International Holding Limited

On August 1, 2006,December 18, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of SkipJam Corp.certain intellectual property and other assets of CP Secure International Holding Limited (“SkipJam”CP Secure”), a developerprivately-held provider of networkable media devicesintegrated network security solutions. The acquisition qualified as a business acquisition and has been accounted for home entertainment and control.using the purchase method of accounting. The Company believesincorporated CP Secure’s integrated platform into the acquisition enhances its strategically important digital home entertainmentCompany’s

products to provide organizations with enhanced protection for their network, web access and control business by strengthening the Company’s ability to expand its multimedia product portfolio.email traffic. The aggregate purchase price was $7.6$14 million, paid in cash.

Additionally, the acquisition agreement specified that CP Secure shareholders may receive a total additional payout of up to $3.5 million in cash over the five years following closure of the acquisition if developed products pass certain acceptance criteria. This additional payout was earned and paid in the year ended December 31, 2009, and was accounted for as additional purchase price and recorded as a $3.5 million increase to goodwill.

The results of SkipJam’sCP Secure’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. The historical results of SkipJamoperations of CP Secure prior to the acquisition were not material to the Company’s results of operations.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect total considerationa purchase price of approximately $7.7$14.6 million, consisting of cash, and other costs directly related to the acquisition as follows (in thousands):

     
Purchase price $7,600 
Direct acquisition costs  133 
     
Total consideration $7,733 
     

Purchase price

  $14,000

Direct acquisition costs

   635
    

Total consideration

  $14,635
    

In accordance with the purchase method of accounting, the Company allocated the total purchase price to tangible assets, liabilities and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values. The excess of purchase price over the aggregate fair values was recorded as goodwill. The fair values assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired were estimated with the assistance of an independent valuation firm. Purchased intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. Goodwill was recorded based on the residual purchase price after allocating the purchase price to the fair market value of tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. Goodwill arises as a result of, among other factors, future unidentified new products and new technologies as well as the implicit value of future cost savings as a result of the combining of entities. The total allocation of the purchase price isin December 2008 was as follows (in thousands):

     
  Fair Value on
 
  August 1, 2006 
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets $6 
Intangibles  4,000 
Goodwill  3,243 
Non-current deferred income taxes  484 
     
Total purchase price allocation $7,733 
     
$2.9

Inventories

   82  

Property and equipment, net

   49  

Intangibles, net

   3,900  

Goodwill

   10,686  

Other accrued liabilities

   (82
     

Total purchase price allocation

  $14,635  
     

Of the $10.7 million of goodwill recorded on the acquisition of CP Secure, $4.5 million and $10.7 million is deductible for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. Of the $3.5 million additional payout recorded as goodwill in the year ended December 31, 2009, $1.7 million and $3.5 million is deductible for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively.

A total of $1.8 million of the $4.0$3.9 million in acquired intangible assets was designated as in-process research and development. In-process research and development (“in-process R&D”). In-process R&D iswas expensed upon an acquisition because technological feasibility hashad not been established and no future alternative uses exist.existed. The Company acquired only onetwo in-process


52


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

R&D project, research and development projects, which is relatedinvolve improvements to thethreat management characteristics of future products. These two projects required further research and development of a multimedia product that had not reached technologicalto determine technical feasibility and had no alternative use.
commercial viability. The fair value assigned to in-process R&Dresearch and development was determined using the income approach, under which the Company considered the importance of products under development to the Company’s overall development plans, estimated the costs to develop the purchased in-process R&Dresearch and development into commercially viable products, estimated the resulting net cash flows from the products when completed and discounted the net cash flows to their present values. The Company used a 32% discount rate of 35% in the present value calculations, which was derived from a weighted-average cost of capital analysis, adjusted to reflect additional risks related to the products’ development and success as well as the

products’ stage of completion. The estimates used in valuing in-process R&Dresearch and development were based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. These assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur. Accordingly, actual results may vary from the projected results. The Company incurred costs of approximately $725,000$1.2 million to complete the project,projects, of which approximately $575,000$120,000 was incurred throughduring the year ended December 31, 2006.2008 and an additional $1.1 million was incurred during the year ended December 31, 2009. The Company completed theone project in February 2007.

$1.0the beginning of the year ended December 31, 2009 and the final project at the end of the year ended December 31, 2009.

A total of $1.2 million of the $4.0$3.9 million in acquired intangible assets was designated as existing technology. The value was calculated based on the present value of the future estimated cash flows derived from projections of future revenue attributable to existing technology. This $1.2 million is being amortized over its estimated useful life of three years.

A total of $900,000 of the $3.9 million in acquired intangible assets was designated as core technology. The value was calculated based on the present value of the future estimated cash flows derived from estimated royalty savings attributable to the core technology. This $1.0 million will be$900,000 is being amortized over its four yearestimated useful life.

The remaining acquired intangible assets consistlife of non-competition agreements of $100,000, with a two year useful life. None of the goodwill recorded as part of the SkipJam acquisition will be deductible for income tax purposes.
Of the $1.1 million in total intangibles subject to amortization, $125,000 was expensed by the Company in the year ended December 31, 2006.
As part of the acquisition, the Company has also agreed to pay up to $1.4 million in cash contingent on the continued employment of certain SkipJam employees with the Company. These payments will be recorded as compensation expense over a two-year period. five years.

During the year ended December 31, 2006,2009, the Company recorded $486,000made an additional $3.5 million payment in connection with the Company’s 2008 acquisition of CP Secure in connection with the achievement of certain product acceptance criteria. This resulted in an increase in goodwill of $3.5 million.

Infrant Technologies, Inc.

On May 16, 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of Infrant Technologies, Inc. (“Infrant”), a developer of network attached storage products. The Company believes the acquisition will accelerate the Company’s participation in the expanding market for network attached storage. The aggregate purchase price was $60 million, paid in cash. Under the terms of the acquisition agreement, Infrant shareholders may receive a total additional payout of up to $20 million in cash over the three years following closure of the acquisition if specific revenue targets are reached, of which $10 million was paid in November 2008. Additionally, the Company has accrued $113,000 for compensation expense pursuantrelated to this agreement.

the second potential payout in the three months ended December 31, 2009. Any additional payout will primarily be accounted for as additional purchase price and will be recorded as an increase in goodwill.

The results of Infrant’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. The historical results of Infrant prior to the acquisition were not material to the Company’s results of operations.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect an initial purchase price of approximately $60.3 million, consisting of cash, and other costs directly related to the acquisition as follows (in thousands):

Purchase price

  $60,000

Direct acquisition costs

   254
    

Total consideration

  $60,254
    

In accordance with the purchase method of accounting, the Company allocated the total purchase price to tangible assets, liabilities and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values. Goodwill was recorded based on the residual purchase price after allocating the purchase price to the fair market value of tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. Purchased intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. Goodwill arises as a result of, among other factors, future

unidentified new products and new technologies as well as the implicit value of future cost savings as a result of the combining of entities. The total allocation of the purchase price in 2007 was as follows (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents

  $2,787  

Accounts receivable

   1,202  

Inventories

   3,504  

Deferred income taxes

   667  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   36  

Property and equipment

   128  

Intangibles

   22,700  

Goodwill

   38,185  

Accounts payable

   (697

Accrued employee compensation

   (396

Other accrued liabilities

   (1,048

Deferred income tax liability

   (6,814
     

Total purchase price allocation

  $60,254  
     

None of the goodwill recognized related to Infrant is deductible for income tax purposes.

A total of $4.1 million of the $22.7 million in acquired intangible assets was designated as in-process research and development. In-process research and development was expensed upon acquisition because technological feasibility has not been established and no future alternative uses exist. The Company acquired three in-process research and development projects. Two projects involve development of new products in the ReadyNAS desktop product category, and one project involves development of a higher end version of a product currently selling in the ReadyNAS rack mount product category. These three projects required further research and development to determine technical feasibility and commercial viability. The fair value assigned to in-process research and development was determined using the income approach, under which the Company considered the importance of products under development to the Company’s overall development plans, estimated the costs to develop the purchased in-process research and development into commercially viable products, estimated the resulting net cash flows from the products when completed and discounted the net cash flows to their present values. The Company used discount rates ranging from 36% to 38% in the present value calculations, which was derived from a weighted-average cost of capital analysis, adjusted to reflect additional risks related to the products’ development and success as well as the products’ stage of completion. The estimates used in valuing in-process research and development were based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. These assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur. Accordingly, actual results may vary from the projected results. The Company incurred costs of approximately $1.6 million to complete the projects, of which approximately $1.4 million was incurred during the year ended December 31, 2008 and an additional $200,000 was incurred during the year ended December 31, 2009. The Company completed two projects in the middle of the year ended December 31, 2008 and the final project in the middle of the year ended December 31, 2009.

A total of $10.8 million of the $22.7 million in acquired intangible assets was designated as existing technology. The value was calculated based on the present value of the future estimated cash flows derived from projections of future revenue attributable to existing technology. This $10.8 million is being amortized over its estimated useful life of four years.

A total of $5.2 million of the $22.7 million in acquired intangible assets was designated as core technology. The value was calculated based on the present value of the future estimated cash flows derived from estimated royalty savings attributable to the core technology. This $5.2 million is being amortized over its estimated useful life of four years.

A total of $2.6 million of the $22.7 million in acquired intangible assets was designated as trademarks. The value was calculated based on the present value of the future estimated cash flows derived from estimated royalty savings attributable to use of the trademarks. This $2.6 million is being amortized over its estimated useful life of six years.

In November 2008, the Company made an additional $10 million payment in connection with the Company’s 2007 acquisition of Infrant in connection with the achievement of certain revenue targets. This resulted in an increase in goodwill of $8.7 million, the recognition of compensation expense of $650,000, and a reduction in taxes payable of $620,000. Additionally, in December 2009 the Company has accrued $113,000 for compensation expense related to the second potential payout.

Note 3 — 3—Balance Sheet Components (in thousands):

Available-for-sale short-term investments consist of the following:

                         
  December 31,
  2005 2006
    Unrealized
 Estimated
   Unrealized
 Estimated
  Cost Loss Fair Value Cost Loss Fair Value
 
Government Securities $83,744  $(90) $83,654  $109,734  $(5) $109,729 
                         


53

   December 31,
   2009  2008
   Cost  Unrealized
Gain
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Cost  Unrealized
Gain
  Estimated
Fair Value

U.S. Treasury bills and notes

  $74,892  $6  $74,898  $10,061  $109  $10,170
                        


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Accounts receivable and related allowances consist of the following:
         
  December 31, 
  2005  2006 
 
Gross accounts receivable $113,005  $132,651 
         
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts  (1,295)  (1,727)
Allowance for sales returns  (5,985)  (8,129)
Allowance for price protection  (1,456)  (3,194)
         
Total allowances  (8,736)  (13,050)
         
Accounts receivable, net $104,269  $119,601 
         

     December 31, 
     2009  2008 
     (In thousands) 

Gross accounts receivable

  $178,430   $153,333  
          

Less:

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   (2,039  (1,918
 

Allowance for sales returns

   (11,993  (9,710
 

Allowance for price protection

   (1,545  (3,430
          
 

Total allowances

   (15,577  (15,058
          

Accounts receivable, net

  $162,853   $138,275  
          

Inventories consist of the following:

         
  December 31, 
  2005  2006 
 
Finished goods $51,873  $77,932 
         

   December 31,
   2009  2008
   (In thousands)

Raw materials

  $1,150  $639

Finished goods

   89,440   111,601
        

Total

  $90,590  $112,240
        

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following:

         
  December 31,
  2005 2006
 
Computer equipment $4,514  $6,101 
Furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements  1,407   2,150 
Software  4,523   6,805 
Machinery  4,174   5,646 
Construction in progress  1,090   554 
         
   15,708   21,256 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (11,006)  (14,688)
         
  $4,702  $6,568 
         

   December 31, 
   2009  2008 

Computer equipment

  $5,084   $6,101  

Furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements

   8,435    8,734  

Software

   17,954    18,083  

Machinery

   11,549    8,923  

Construction in progress

   415    158  
         
   43,437    41,999  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (26,546  (21,707
         
  $16,891   $20,292  
         

Depreciation and amortization expense pertaining to property and equipment in 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 20062007 was $2.6$7.3 million, $3.1$6.3 million and $4.0$5.3 million, respectively.

Goodwill

Activity related to goodwill consisted of the following:

   Year Ended December 31,
       2009          2008    

Balance as of beginning of the period

  $61,400  $41,985

Additions related to earn-out payments

   3,500   8,729

Net additions related to acquisitions

   8   10,686
        

Balance at end of period

  $64,908  $61,400
        

During 2009, the Company recorded $3.5 million of goodwill associated with a $3.5 million earn-out payment made in connection with the Company’s 2008 acquisition of CP Secure (see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). The Company also recorded an additional $39,000 of goodwill associated with additional acquisition costs related to the Company’s 2008 acquisition of CP Secure, and recorded a $31,000 reduction in goodwill associated with the Company’s 2007 acquisition of Infrant.

Intangibles, net, consist of the following:

  December 31,
2008

Cost
 December 31,
2008

Net
 Additions Amortization
Expense
 December 31,
2009

Net
 Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
(Years)

Core technology

 $7,100 $3,933 $—   $1,480 $2,453 1.06

Existing technology

  12,000  7,500  —    3,100  4,400 0.73

Trademarks

  2,600  1,878  —    433  1,445 1.67

Non-compete agreements

  100  —    —    —    —   —  
                 

Total intangible assets

 $21,800 $13,311 $—   $5,013 $8,298 0.99
                 

  December 31,
2007

Cost
 December 31,
2007

Net
 Additions Amortization
Expense
 Impairment
Charge
 December 31,
2008

Net
 Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
(Years)

Core technology

 $6,200 $4,979 $900 $1,488 $458 $3,933 1.47

Existing technology

  10,800  9,000  1,200  2,700  —    7,500 1.22

Trademarks

  2,600  2,311  —    433  —    1,878 2.17

Non-compete agreements

  100  29  —    29  —    —   —  
                    

Total intangible assets

 $19,700 $16,319 $2,100 $4,650 $458 $13,311 1.43
                    

Amortization expense related to intangibles in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $5.0 million, $4.7 million, and $3.3 million, respectively.

In 2008 the Company recorded an impairment charge within cost of revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations of $458,000 for the net carrying value of intangibles acquired during the Company’s 2006 acquisition of Skipjam Corp. Recoverability was assessed based on undiscounted estimated future net cash flows, and the impairment charge was based on fair value using discounted cash flows. No such impairment charges were recorded in 2009 or in years prior to 2007.

Estimated amortization expense related to intangibles for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

   

2010

  $5,013

2011

   2,347

2012

   613

2013

   325
    

Total expected amortization expense

  $8,298
    

Other non-current assets consist of the following:

   December 31,
   2009  2008
   (In thousands)

Non-current deferred income taxes

   4,663   —  

Other

   3,636   1,858
        

Other non-current assets

  $8,299  $1,858
        

Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:

         
  December 31, 
  2005  2006 
 
Sales and marketing programs $39,126  $38,058 
Warranty obligation  11,845   21,299 
Freight  5,814   4,073 
Other  9,494   12,479 
         
Other accrued liabilities $66,279  $75,909 
         

   December 31,
   2009  2008
   (In thousands)

Sales and marketing programs

  $30,767  $33,584

Warranty obligation

   30,610   28,607

Freight

   6,958   3,546

Other

   19,559   22,010
        

Other accrued liabilities

  $87,894  $87,747
        

Note 4 — 4—Restructuring:

The Company accounts for its restructuring plans under the authoritative guidance for exit or disposal activities. The Company presents expenses related to restructuring as a separate line item in its Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In July 2008, the Company ceased using buildings leased in Santa Clara and Fremont, California, and consolidated all personnel and operations from those locations to its new corporate headquarters in San Jose, California. The Company initially expected to sublease the majority of this space through the end of the operating leases, the longest of which extends to December 2010. However, in the three months ended June 28, 2009, a sub-lessee ceased making payments, and the Company does not expect to find a replacement sub-lessee for the defaulting sub-lessee during the remaining term of the lease. Additionally, in the three months ended September 27, 2009, the Company agreed to reduce the monthly facility maintenance fees owed to the Company by the sub-lessee. As a result of these events, the Company increased its accrual for restructuring charges by $702,000 in the year ended December 31, 2009 to reflect the decrease in sublease income through the remaining term of the lease. In total, the Company recognized $809,000 in expenses related to future lease payments on the vacated facilities in the year ended December 31, 2009.

The following is a summary of the accrued restructuring charges related to ceasing use of certain buildings:

   Accrued
Restructuring
Charges at
December 31,
2008
  Adjustment
to Accrual
Recognition
  Ongoing
Exit
Expense
  Present
Value
Accretion
  Cash
Payments
  Accrued
Restructuring
Charges at
December 31,
2009
   (In thousands)

Abandonment of excess leased facilities

  $354  $702  $50  $57  $(647 $516

Current portion

  $264         $516

Long-term portion

  $90         $—  

   Accrued
Restructuring
Charges at
December 31,
2007
  Initial
Accrual
Recognition
  Adjustment
to Initial
Accrual
Recognition
  Ongoing
Exit
Expense
  Present
Value
Accretion
  Cash
Payments
  Accrued
Restructuring
Charges at
December 31,
2008
   (In thousands)

Abandonment of excess leased facilities

  $—    $955  $(21 $12  $18  $(610 $354

Current portion

  $—            $264

Long-term portion

  $—            $90

Additionally, on November 12, 2008, the Company terminated the employment of approximately 35 individuals. The Company recognized $965,000 in expenses related to this restructuring in the year ended

December 31, 2008, of which $94,000 was accrued in the year ended December 31, 2008 and paid in the year ended December 31, 2009.

Note 5—Derivative Financial Instruments:

The Company’s subsidiaries have had and will continue to have material future cash flows, including revenue and expenses, that are denominated in currencies other than the Company’s functional currency. The Company and all its subsidiaries designate the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. Changes in exchange rates between the Company’s functional currency and other currencies in which the Company transacts will cause fluctuations in cash flow expectations and cash flow realized or settled. Accordingly, the Company uses derivatives to mitigate its business exposure to foreign exchange risk. The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts in Australian dollars, British pounds, euros, and Japanese yen to manage the exposures to foreign exchange risk related to expected future cash flows on certain forecasted revenue, costs of revenue, operating expenses, and on certain existing assets and liabilities. The Company does not enter into derivatives transactions for trading or speculative purposes.

Cash flow hedges

To help manage the exposure of gross and operating margins to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, the Company hedges a portion of its anticipated foreign currency revenue, costs of revenue, and certain operating expenses. These hedges are designated at the inception of the hedge relationship as cash flow hedges under the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging. Effectiveness is tested at least quarterly both prospectively and retrospectively using regression analysis to ensure that the hedge relationship has been effective and is likely to remain effective in the future. The Company typically hedges portions of its anticipated foreign currency exposure for three to six months. The Company enters into about six forward contracts per quarter with an average size of about $6 million USD equivalent related to its cash flow hedge program.

The Company expects to reclass to earnings all of the amounts recorded in other comprehensive income associated with its cash flow hedges over the next 12 months. Other comprehensive income associated with cash flow hedges of foreign currency revenue is recognized as a component of net revenue in the same period as the related revenue is recognized. Other comprehensive income associated with cash flow hedges of foreign currency costs of revenue and operating expenses are recognized as a component of cost of revenue and operating expense in the same period as the costs of revenue and operating expenses are recognized, respectively.

Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges must be de-designated as hedges when it is probable the forecasted hedged transaction will not occur within the designated hedge period or if not recognized within 60 days following the end of the hedge period. Deferred gains and losses in other comprehensive income associated with such derivative instruments are reclassified immediately into earnings through other income and expense. Any subsequent changes in fair value of such derivative instruments also are reflected in current earnings unless they are re-designated as hedges of other transactions. The Company did not enter into any cash flow hedges in the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company did not recognize any material net gains or losses related to the loss of hedge designation on discontinued cash flow hedges during the year ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

Non-designated hedges

The Company enters into non-designated hedges under the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging to manage the exposure of non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities held on its financial statements to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as well as to reduce volatility in other income and expense. The non-designated hedges are generally expected to offset the changes in value of its net non-functional currency asset and liability position resulting from foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Foreign currency denominated accounts receivable and payable are hedged with non-designated hedges when the related

anticipated foreign revenue and expenses are recognized in the Company’s financial statements. The Company also hedges certain non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities which may not be incorporated into the cash flow hedge program. The Company adjusts its non-designated hedges monthly and enters into about two non-designated derivatives per month. The average size of its non-designated hedges is about $3 million USD equivalent and these hedges range from one to five months in duration.

The Company may choose not to hedge certain foreign exchange exposures for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, immateriality, accounting considerations, and the prohibitive economic cost of hedging particular exposures. There can be no assurance the hedges will offset more than a portion of the financial impact resulting from movements in foreign exchange rates. The Company’s accounting policies for these instruments are based on whether the instruments are designated as hedge or non-hedge instruments in accordance with the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging. The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portions of cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. Derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments and the ineffective portions of its designated hedges are adjusted to fair value through earnings in “Other income (expense), net.”

The Company’s foreign currency forward contracts do not contain any credit-risk-related contingent features. The Company is exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the counter-parties of its forward contracts. The Company enters into derivative contracts with high-quality financial institutions. In addition, the derivative contracts are limited to a time period of less than six months and the Company continuously evaluates the credit standing of its counter-party financial institutions. The counter-parties to these arrangements are large highly rated financial institutions and the Company does not consider non-performance a material risk.

The fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments and the line items on the Consolidated Balance Sheets to which they were recorded as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are summarized as follows:

Derivative Assets

  

Balance

Sheet

Location

  Fair Value at
December 31,
2009
  

Balance

Sheet

Location

  Fair Value at
December 31,
2008
 
   (In thousands) 

Derivative assets not designated as hedging instruments

  Prepaid expenses and other current assets  $1,329   Prepaid expenses and other current assets  $1,494  

Derivative assets designated as hedging instruments

  Prepaid expenses and other current assets   —     Prepaid expenses and other current assets   —    
             

Total

    $1,329     $1,494  
             

Derivative Liabilities

  

Balance

Sheet

Location

  Fair Value at
December 31,
2009
  

Balance

Sheet

Location

  Fair Value at
December 31,
2008
 
   (In thousands) 

Derivative liabilities not designated as hedging instruments

  Other accrued liabilities  $(347 Other accrued liabilities  $(3,275

Derivative liabilities designated as hedging instruments

  Other accrued liabilities   (1 Other accrued liabilities   —    
             

Total

    $(348   $(3,275
             

For details of the Company’s fair value measurements, please see Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging
Instruments

  

Location of Gains or (Losses)
Recognized in Income on
Derivative

  Amount of Gains or
(Losses) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
Year ended
December 31, 2009
  Amount of Gains or
(Losses) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
Year ended
December 31, 2008
      (In thousands)

Foreign currency forward contracts

  Other income (expense), net  $(997 $1,165

The effects of the Company’s derivative instruments on other comprehensive income and the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 are summarized as follows:

Derivatives Designated as
Hedging Instruments

 Year ended December 31, 2009 
  Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI-Effective
Portion (a)
  Location of Gain
or (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI into
Income-Effective
Portion
 Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified
from OCI into
Income-Effective
Portion (a)
  Location of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income and
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing
 Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
Income and
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing
 
  (In thousands) 

Cash flow hedges:

   

Foreign currency forward contracts

 $(499 Net revenue $(707 Other income (expense), net $(85

Foreign currency forward contracts

  —     Cost of revenue  15   Other income (expense), net  —    

Foreign currency forward contracts

  —     Operating expenses  173   Other income (expense), net  —    
              

Total

 $(499  $(519  $(85
              

(a)Refer to Note 14, which summarizes the activity in other comprehensive income related to derivatives.

The Company did not have any derivatives designated as hedging instruments in the year ended December 31, 2008.

The Company did not recognize any net gain or loss related to the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges during the year ended December 31, 2009 or 2008.

Note 6—Net Income Per Share:

Basic Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)net income per share is computed by dividing the net income (numerator)for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Basic EPS excludesDiluted net income per share is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and potentially dilutive effect of


54


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

stock options. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common sharesstock outstanding during the period. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased using the proceeds from the assumed exercise of stock options.

Potentially dilutive common shares include outstanding stock options and unvested restricted stock awards, which are reflected in diluted earningsnet income per share by application of the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount that the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of stock-based compensation cost for future services that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefit that would be recorded in additional paid-in capital upon exercise are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

Net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 20052009, 2008, and 20062007 are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
 
Net income $23,465  $33,623  $41,132 
             
Weighted average shares outstanding:            
Basic  30,441   32,351   33,381 
Options and awards  2,185   1,588   1,172 
             
Total diluted  32,626   33,939   34,553 
             
Basic net income per share $0.77  $1.04  $1.23 
             
Diluted net income per share $0.72  $0.99  $1.19 
             

   Year Ended December 31,
   2009  2008  2007

Net income

  $9,333  $18,050  $45,954
            

Weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

   34,485   35,212   34,809

Options and awards

   363   407   1,030
            

Total diluted shares

   34,848   35,619   35,839
            

Basic net income per share

  $0.27  $0.51  $1.32
            

Diluted net income per share

  $0.27  $0.51  $1.28
            

Anti-dilutive common stock options totalling 416,280, 131,560totaling 3,614,698, 3,231,105, and 675,9531,162,953 were excluded from the weighted average shares outstanding for the diluted per share calculation for 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 2006,2007, respectively.

Note 5 — 7—Other Income (Expense), Net:

Other income (expense), net consisted of the following (in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,
   2009  2008  2007

Foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net

  $954   ($7,219 $3,298

Foreign currency contract gains (losses), net

   (1,082  (1,165  —  
            

Total

  ($128 ($8,384 $3,298
            

Note 8—Income Taxes:

Income before income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
 
United States $32,743  $50,127  $52,501 
International  3,643   4,363   16,498 
             
Total $36,386  $54,490  $68,999 
             


55

   Year Ended December 31,
   2009  2008  2007

United States

  $38,943   $54,222   $48,715

International

   (6,376  (8,879  28,121
            

Total

  $32,567   $45,343   $76,836
            


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
 
Current:
            
U.S. Federal $13,110  $16,766  $21,362 
State  1,197   2,799   2,965 
Foreign  1,033   1,658   6,719 
             
   15,340   21,223   31,046 
             
Deferred:
            
U.S. Federal  (2,427)  (860)  (780)
State  8   504   100 
Foreign        (2,499)
             
   (2,419)  (356)  (3,179)
             
Total $12,921  $20,867  $27,867 
             

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2009  2008  2007 

Current:

    

U.S. Federal

  $23,718   $21,451   $25,722  

State

   2,270    2,959    4,138  

Foreign

   2,749    5,541    2,509  
             
   28,737    29,951    32,369  
             

Deferred:

    

U.S. Federal

   (4,951  (1,750  (2,709

State

   (469  (908  (928

Foreign

   (83  —      2,150  
             
   (5,503  (2,658  (1,487
             

Total

  $23,234   $27,293   $30,882  
             

Net deferred tax assets consist of the following (in thousands):

         
  December 31, 
  2005  2006 
 
Deferred Tax Assets:
        
Accruals and allowances $11,503  $13,302 
Net operating loss carryforwards     859 
Depreciation  328   801 
Stock-based compensation     899 
Other     113 
         
   11,831   15,974 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
        
Acquired intangible assets     (395)
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries     (11)
         
      (406)
         
Net deferred tax assets $11,831  $15,568 
         
Current portion $11,503  $13,415 
Non-current portion  328   2,153 
         
Net deferred tax assets $11,831  $15,568 
         

   Year Ended December 31, 
       2009          2008     

Deferred Tax Assets:

   

Accruals and allowances

  $12,213   $12,216  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   368    343  

Stock-based compensation

   5,418    4,103  

Deferred rent

   2,624    2,878  

Deferred revenue

   191    695  

Tax credit carryforwards

   2,112    686  

Other

   974    250  
         
   23,900    21,171  

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

   

Acquired intangible assets

   (2,399  (4,246

Depreciation and amortization

   (3,491  (3,811
         
   (5,890  (8,057
         

Net deferred tax assets

  $18,010   $13,114  
         

Current portion

  $13,347   $13,129  

Non-current portion

   4,663    (15
         

Net deferred tax assets

  $18,010   $13,114  
         

Management’s judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, its deferred tax assets and any valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax assets. In management’s judgment it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized in the future as of December 31, 2006,2009, and as such no valuation allowance has been recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets.


56


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The effective tax rate differs from the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate as follows:
             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
 
Tax at federal statutory rate  35.0%  35.0%  35.0%
State, net of federal benefit  2.3   3.5   2.8 
Stock-based compensation  (2.3)  0.0   0.8 
In-process research and development  0.0   0.0   1.4 
Tax credits  (2.3)  (0.6)  (0.6)
Permanent and other items  2.8   0.4   1.0 
             
Provision for income taxes  35.5%  38.3%  40.4%
             

   Year Ended December 31, 
       2009          2008          2007     

Tax at federal statutory rate

  35.0 35.0 35.0

State, net of federal benefit

  3.1   3.7   3.7  

Impact of international operations

  28.4   19.4   (0.6

Non-deductible stock-based compensation

  4.0   2.8   1.4  

In-process research and development

  —     —     1.9  

Tax credits

  (1.7 (1.9 (0.9

Others

  2.5   1.2   (0.3
          

Provision for income taxes

  71.3 60.2 40.2
          

Income tax benefits in the amount of $11.8 million, $7.1 million$136,000, $81,000 and $4.2$8.4 million related to the exercise of stock options were credited to additional paid-in capital during the years ended December 31, 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 2006,2007, respectively.

The As a result of changes in fair value of available for sale securities, income tax expense of $40,000 and $11,000 was recorded in comprehensive income related to the year ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company has $2.5$669,000 and $1.5 million of acquired federal and state net operating losses as well as $128,000 of California tax credits carryforwards from its acquisition of SkipJam as of December 31, 2006.Infrant. Use of these losses isand credits are subject to annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. TheseAdditionally, excluding deferred tax benefits arising from uncertain tax positions, the Company has California tax credit

carryforwards of $564,000 as of December 31, 2009 that resulted from limitations on use imposed by the State of California. The federal losses expire in different years beginning in fiscal 2023.

2021. The state loss begins to expire in fiscal 2014. The state tax credit carry-forward has no expiration.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state and local, and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or foreign income tax examinations for years before 2005. The Company has limited audit activity in various states and foreign jurisdictions. Currently the Company does not expect a material change in unrecognized tax benefits to occur during the next 12 months.

The Company adopted the provisions of updated guidance for income taxes on January 1, 2007. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”) is as follows (in millions):

   Federal,
State, and
Foreign Tax
 

Gross UTB Balance at January 1, 2007

  $3,428  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

   6,147  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

   —    

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

   —    

Settlements

   (6

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statutes

   (233
     

Gross UTB Balance at December 31, 2007

   9,336  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

   3,940  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

   658  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

   (140

Settlements

   —    

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statutes

   (503
     

Gross UTB Balance at December 31, 2008

   13,291  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

   3,608  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

   184  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

   (1

Settlements

   —    

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statutes

   (581
     

Gross UTB Balance at December 31, 2009

  $16,501  
     

The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would affect the effective tax rate as of December 31, 2009 is $14.2 million. The ending net UTB results from adjusting the gross balance at December 31, 2009 for items such as U.S. federal and state deferred tax, foreign tax credits, interest, and deductible taxes. The net UTB is included as a component of non-current income taxes payable within the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During the period ended December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, total interest and penalties expensed were $643,000, $515,000 and $354,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, accrued interest on a gross basis was $1.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively. No penalties have been accrued. Included in accrued interest are amounts related to tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility.

Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest, the impact of any uncertain tax benefits related to temporary differences would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

With the exception of those foreign sales subsidiaries for which deferred tax has been provided, the Company intends to indefinitely reinvest foreign earnings. These earnings were approximately $13.2 million and $22.8 million as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Because of the availability of U.S. foreign tax credits, it is not practicable to determine the income tax liability that would be payable if such earnings were not indefinitely reinvested.

Note 6 — 9—Commitments and Contingencies:

Litigation and Other Legal Matters

In June 2004, a lawsuit, entitled Zilberman v. NETGEAR, Civil Action CV021230, was filed against the Company in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara. The complaint purported to be a class action on behalf of all persons or entities in the United States who purchased the Company’s wireless products other than for resale. Plaintiff alleged that the Company made false representations concerning the data transfer speeds of its wireless products when used in typical operating circumstances, and requested injunctive relief, payment of restitution and reasonable attorney fees. Similar lawsuits were filed against other companies within the industry. In November 2005, without admitting any wrongdoing or violation of law and to avoid the distraction and expense of continued litigation, the Company and the Plaintiff received preliminary court approval for a proposed settlement.
Under the terms of the settlement, the Company (i) issued each eligible class member a promotional code which may be used to purchase a new wireless product from the Company’s online store, www.buynetgear.com, at a 15% discount during the redemption period; (ii) included a disclaimer regarding wireless signal rates on the Company’s wireless products packaging and user’s manuals and in the Company’s press releases and advertising that reference wireless signal rates; (iii) donated $25,000 worth of the Company’s products to a local,

not-for-profit charitable organization to be chosen by the Company; and (iv) agreed to pay, subject to court approval, up to $700,000 in attorneys’ fees and costs.

In March 2006, the Company received final court approval for the proposed settlement. On May 26, 2006, the proposed settlement became final and binding. The Company recorded a charge of $802,000 relating to this proposed settlement during the year ended December 31, 2005.
NETGEAR v. CSIRO

In May 2005, the Company filed a complaint for declaratory relief against the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization (CSIRO)(“CSIRO”), in the San Jose division of the United States District Court, Northern District of California. The complaint allegesalleged that the claims of CSIRO’s U.S. Patent No. 5,487,069 are invalid and not infringed by any of the Company’s products. CSIRO had asserted that the Company’s wireless networking


57


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

products implementing the IEEE 802.11a, 802.11g, and 802.11g802.11n wireless LAN standards infringe itsthis patent. In July 2006, the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the District Court’s decision to deny CSIRO’s motion to dismiss the action under the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act. CSIRO has filed a petition withIn September 2006, the Federal Circuit requestingdenied CSIRO’s request for a rehearing en banc. ThisCSIRO filed a response to the complaint in September 2006. In December 2006, the District Court granted CSIRO’s motion to transfer the case to the Eastern District of Texas, where CSIRO had brought and won a similar lawsuit against Buffalo Technology (USA), Inc., which Buffalo appealed and which was partially remanded to the District Court. The District Court consolidated this action iswith three related actions involving other companies (such as Buffalo) accused of infringing CSIRO’s patent. The Company attended a Court-mandated mediation in November 2007 but failed to resolve the litigation. The District Court held a June 26, 2008 claim construction hearing. On August 14, 2008, the District Court issued a claim construction order and denied a motion for summary judgment of invalidity. In December 2008, the parties filed numerous motions for summary judgment concerning, among other things, infringement, validity, and other affirmative defenses. The District Court commenced a jury trial on April 13, 2009 regarding all liability issues for the four consolidated cases. On April 20, 2009, the Company and CSIRO executed a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) setting forth the terms of a settlement and license agreement between the Company and CSIRO. Without admitting any wrongdoing or violation of law and to avoid the distraction and expense of continued litigation and the uncertainty of a jury verdict on the merits, the Company agreed to make a one-time lump sum payment in consideration for a fully paid perpetual license and a covenant not to sue with respect to the ‘069 patent and all foreign counterparts and related patents. Based on the historical and estimated projected future unit sales of the Company’s products that were alleged to infringe the asserted patent, the Company allocated a portion of the settlement cost towards product shipments prior to the settlement, which the Company recorded as a litigation settlement expense of $2.4 million, which was primarily recognized in the preliminary motion stagesthree months ended March 29, 2009. Additionally, the Company allocated $2.6 million of the settlement cost to prepaid royalties which will be recognized as a component of cost of revenue as the related products are sold. Of this $2.6 million, $413,000 was amortized and no trial date has been set.
expensed in the year ended December 31, 2009.

SercoNetWi-Lan Inc. v. NETGEAR

In May 2006,October 2007, a lawsuit was filed against the Company by SercoNet, Ltd.Wi-Lan Inc. (“Wi-Lan”), a manufacturer of computer networking products organizedpatent-holding company existing under the laws of Israel,Canada, in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas. Wi-Lan alleges that the Company infringes U.S. Patent Nos. 5,282,222, RE37,802 and 5,956,323. Wi-Lan has accused the

Company of infringement with respect to its wireless networking products compliant with the IEEE 802.11 standards and ADSL products compliant with the ITUG.992 standards. Wi-Lan has also sued 21 other technology companies alleging similar claims of patent infringement. The Company filed its answer to the lawsuit in the first quarter of 2008. This action is now in the discovery phase. The District Court has scheduled a September 1, 2010 claim construction hearing and a January 4, 2011 jury trial.

Fujitsu et. al v. NETGEAR

In December 2007, a lawsuit was filed against the Company by Fujitsu Limited, LG Electronics, Inc. and U.S. Philips Corporation in the U.S. District Court, Western District of Wisconsin. The plaintiffs allege that the Company infringes U.S. Patent Nos. 6,018,642, 6,469,993 and 4,975,952. The plaintiffs accuse the Company’s wireless networking products compliant with the IEEE 802.11 standards of infringement. The Company filed its answer to the lawsuit in the first quarter of 2008. The District Court held a claim construction hearing on August 15, 2008. On September 10, 2008, the District Court issued a claim construction order. In February 2009, the parties filed numerous motions for summary judgment concerning, among other things, non-infringement, invalidity, and other affirmative defenses. In September 2009, the District Court granted the Company’s motion for summary judgment of non-infringement of the three patents-in-suit. The District Court determined that the Company’s compliance with the 802.11 standard did not necessarily infringe the patents-in-suit and that the plaintiffs did not provide adequate evidence regarding the function of the Company’s products to put the issue of infringement before a jury. In light of the District Court’s determination that the patents-in-suit were not infringed, the District Court declined to address the Company’s summary judgment claims of the invalidity of the patents in question. On October 19, 2009, the Plaintiffs filed their Notice of Appeal indicating that they will appeal the District Court’s summary judgment rulings to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. On December 23, 2009, the Plaintiffs filed two briefs with the Federal Circuit appealing the District Court’s summary judgment rulings. On December 30, 2009, the District Court ordered litigation costs in the amount of $175,930.03 to be reimbursed to the Company. The Company filed its opposition brief on February 18, 2010.

OptimumPath, L.L.C. v. NETGEAR

In January 2008, a lawsuit was filed against the Company by OptimumPath, L.L.C (“OptimumPath”), a patent-holding company existing under the laws of the State of South Carolina, in the U.S. District Court for the District of South Carolina. OptimumPath claims that the Company’s wireless networking products infringe on OptimumPath’s U.S. Patent No. 7,035,281. OptimumPath also sued six other technology companies alleging similar claims of patent infringement. The Company filed its answer to the lawsuit in the second quarter of 2008. Several defendants, including the Company, jointly filed a request for inter partes reexamination of the OptimumPath patent with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) on October 13, 2008. On January 12, 2009, a reexamination was ordered with respect to claims 1-3 and 8-10 of the patent, but denied with respect to claims 4-7 and 11-32 of the patent. On February 4, 2009, the defendants jointly filed a petition to challenge the denial of reexamination of claims 4-7 and 11-32. In March 2009, the District Court granted defendants’ motion to transfer the case to the Northern District of California. In July 2009, the petition to challenge the denial of reexamination of claims 4-7 and 11-32 was denied. The Company and OptimumPath attended a Court-ordered mediation on September 22, 2009 but were unable to make progress towards settlement. This action is now in the discovery phase. The District Court has set a February 17, 2011 claim construction hearing date, and a 10-day jury trial is scheduled to begin on May 23, 2011.

Network-1 Security Solutions, Inc. v. NETGEAR

In February 2008, a lawsuit was filed against the Company by Network-1 Security Solutions, Inc. (“Network-1”), a patent-holding company existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. Network-1 alleged that the Company’s power over Ethernet (“PoE”) products infringed its U.S. Patent No. 6,218,930. Network-1 also sued six other companies alleging similar

claims of patent infringement. The Company filed its answer in the second quarter of 2008. In May 2009, without admitting any patent infringement, wrongdoing or violation of law and to avoid the distraction and expense of continued litigation, the Company agreed to make a one-time lump sum payment of $350,000, recorded as a litigation settlement expense in the three months ended March 29, 2009, in consideration for a license to the patent in suit as well as a dismissal with prejudice of the lawsuit. Under the license, the Company will pay future running royalties on certain of its PoE products which will be recognized as a component of cost of revenue as the related products are sold.

Ruckus Wireless v. NETGEAR

In May 2008, a lawsuit was filed against the Company by Ruckus Wireless (“Ruckus”), a developer of Wi-Fi technology, in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. Ruckus alleges that the Company infringes U.S. Patent Nos. 7,358,912 and 7,193,562 in the course of deploying Wi-Fi antenna array technology in its WPN824 RangeMax wireless router. Ruckus also sued Rayspan Corporation alleging similar claims of patent infringement. The Company filed its answer to the lawsuit in the third quarter of 2008. The Company and Rayspan Corporation jointly filed a request for inter partes reexamination of the Ruckus patents with the USPTO on September 4, 2008. The Court issued a stay of the litigation while the reexaminations proceeded in the USPTO. On November 28, 2008, a reexamination was ordered with respect to claims 11-17 of U.S. Patent No. 7,193,562, but denied with respect to claims 1-10 and 18-36. On December 17, 2008, the defendants jointly filed a petition to challenge the denial of reexamination of claims 1-10 and 18-36 of U.S. Patent No. 7,193,562. In July 2009, the petition was denied, and the remaining claims 11-17 were confirmed. The Company is appealing the confirmation of claims 11-17. On December 2, 2008, reexamination was granted to U.S. Patent No. 7,358,912. In early October 2009, the Company received an Action Closing Prosecution in the reexamination of the 7,358,912 patent. All the claims of the 7,358,912 patent, with the exception of the unchallenged claims 7 and 8, were finally rejected. On October 30, 2009, Ruckus submitted an “after-final” amendment in the 7,358,912 patent reexamination proceeding. The Company’s comments to Ruckus’ “after-final” amendment were submitted on November 30, 2009. The reexaminations and related appeals are proceeding in the USPTO. On December 1, 2009, the Court found that bifurcating the 7,193,562 patent from the 7,358,912 patent and commencing litigation on the 7,193,562 patent while the USPTO reexamination process and appeals are still pending would be an inefficient use of the Court’s resources. Accordingly, the Court ruled that the litigation stay remains in effect. The parties next status report is due by May 25, 2010.

On November 4, 2009, Ruckus filed a new complaint in the Northern District of California alleging the Company and Rayspan Corporation infringe a patent that is related to the patents previously asserted against the Company and Rayspan Corporation by Ruckus, as discussed above. This newly asserted patent is U.S. Patent No. 7,525,486 and entitled “Increased wireless coverage patterns.” As with the previous Ruckus action, the WPN824 RangeMax wireless router is the alleged infringing device. The Company challenged the sufficiency of Ruckus’s complaint in this new action and moved to dismiss the complaint. Ruckus opposed this motion. The Court partially agreed with the Company’s motion and ordered Ruckus to submit a new complaint. The initial case management conference (“CMC”) occurred on February 11, 2010. At the CMC, the District Court indicated that it may stay the newly-filed action until completion of the pending re-examination in the related action and asked the parties to brief the issue. In addition, the District Court set a Claim Construction hearing of November 17, 2010 for the newly-filed action. If the District Court stays the newly filed action, the claim construction hearing would occur at a later date.

Northpeak Wireless, LLC v. NETGEAR

In October 2008, a lawsuit was filed against the Company and thirty other companies by Northpeak Wireless, LLC (“Northpeak”) in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. Northpeak alleges that the Company’s 802.11b compatible products infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 4,977,577 and 5,987,058. The Company filed its answer to the lawsuit in the fourth quarter of 2008. On January 21, 2009, the District Court granted a motion to transfer the case to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. In August 2009, the parties stipulated to a litigation stay pending a reexamination request to the USPTO on the asserted

patents. The USPTO recently decided to grant reexamination on both of the patents asserted by Northpeak. The case is still stayed by stipulation, and no trial date has been set.

Finoc, LLC v. NETGEAR

In February 2009, a lawsuit was filed against the Company and fourteen other companies by Finoc Design Consulting OY (“Finoc”) in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. Finoc alleged that the Company’s wireless DSL gateway products infringe U.S. Patent No. 6,850,560. In June 2009, without admitting any patent infringement, wrongdoing or violation of law and to avoid the distraction and expense of continued litigation, the Company agreed to make a one-time lump sum payment of $82,500 in consideration for a fully paid perpetual license to the patent in suit as well as a dismissal with prejudice by Finoc. Based on the historical and estimated projected future unit sales of the Company’s products that were alleged to infringe the asserted patents, the Company allocated a portion of the settlement cost towards product shipments prior to the settlement, which the Company recorded as a litigation settlement expense in the three months ended June 28, 2009. Additionally, the Company allocated the balance of the settlement cost to prepaid royalties which will be recognized as a component of cost of revenue as the related products are sold.

Data Network Storage, LLC v. NETGEAR

In April 2009, a lawsuit was filed against the Company and fourteen other companies by Data Network Storage, LLC (“DNS”) in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. SercoNetCalifornia. DNS alleges that the Company infringesand the other third parties infringe U.S. Patents Nos. 5,841,360; 6,480,510; 6,970,538; 7,016,368; and 7,035,280. SercoNet has accused certainPatent No. 6,098,128. In particular, DNS is alleging that several of the Company’s switches, routers, modems, adapters, powerlineReadyNAS products infringe upon DNS’s patents. The Company filed its answer to the lawsuit in July 2009 and wireless access points of infringement.asserted that DNS’s patents were both invalid and had not been infringed upon by the Company. In July 2006,September 2009, at a Court-sanctioned early neutral evaluation, the court grantedparties were unable to reach an agreement on a settlement, and discovery is in process. On January 27, 2010 the Company’sCourt denied co-defendant Fujitsu America, Inc.’s motion to transferstay the action tolitigation, and the Northern District of California. This actionCompany submitted its invalidity contentions on February 1, 2010. The claim construction hearing is in the preliminary motion stagesscheduled for July 20, 2010, and noa trial date has not yet been set.

Thesescheduled.

WIAV Networks, LLC v. NETGEAR

In July 2009, a lawsuit was filed against the Company and over fifty other companies by WIAV Networks, LLC (“WIAV”) in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. WIAV alleges that the Company and the other defendants infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 6,480,497 and 5,400,338. WIAV alleges that the Company’s wireless networking devices, including various routers and gateways, infringe upon WIAV’s patents. The Company filed its answer to the lawsuit in October 2009 and asserted that WIAV’s patents were both invalid and not infringed by the Company. The status conference has not yet been scheduled, and discovery has not yet commenced.

PACid Group, LLC v. NETGEAR

In July 2009, a lawsuit was filed against the Company and thirty other companies by The PACid Group, LLC (“PACid”) in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. PACid alleges that the Company and the other defendants infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 5,963,646 and 6,049,612. PACid alleges that certain unnamed NETGEAR products that use encryption methods infringe upon PACid’s patents. The Company filed its answer to the lawsuit in September 2009 and asserted that PACid’s patents were both invalid and not infringed by the Company. The status conference has not yet been scheduled, and discovery has not yet commenced.

MPH Technologies Oy v. NETGEAR

On February 4, 2010, the Company was sued by MPH Technologies Oy (“MPH”) for infringement of U.S. patent 7,346,926 entitled “Method for Sending Messages Over Secure Mobile Communication Links.” MPH

alleges that The Company’s VPN Client Software, Dual WAN gigabit SSL VPN Firewall, ProSafe Dual WAN VPN Firewall with 8-port 10/100 Switch, ProSafe VPN Firewall with 8-port 10/100 Switch, ProSafe VPN Firewall 8 with 8-Port 10/100 Switch, ProSafe VPN Firewall 8 with 4-Port 10/100 Mbps Switch, ProSafe 802 11 g Wireless ADSL Modem VPN Firewall Router, ProSafe Wireless-N VPN Firewall, and ProSafe 802 11 wireless VPN Firewall 8 with 8-port 10/100 Mbps Switch infringe upon U.S. patent 7,346,926. The Company has not yet answered the complaint.

IP Indemnification Claims

In addition, in its sales agreements, the Company typically agrees to indemnify its direct customers, distributors and resellers (the “Indemnified Parties”) for any expenses or liability resulting from claimed infringements of patents, trademarks or copyrights of third parties that are asserted against the Indemnified Parties. The terms of these indemnification agreements are generally perpetual after execution of the agreement. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is generally unlimited. From time to time, the Company receives requests for indemnity and may choose to assume the defense of such litigation asserted against the Indemnified Parties.

In June 2006, the Company received a request for indemnification from Charter and Charter Communications Operating, LLC, related to a lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas, by Rembrandt Technologies, L.P. (“Rembrandt”), a patent-holding company. Rembrandt also filed a similar lawsuit in the same jurisdiction against Comcast Corporation, Comcast Cable Communications, LLC and Comcast of Plano, LP. Rembrandt alleged that products implementing the DOCSIS standard, which are supplied to Charter, Comcast Corporation, Comcast Cable Communications, LLC and Comcast of Plano, LP by, among others, the Company, infringe various patents held by Rembrandt. In June 2007, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation ordered these and other similar patent cases brought by Rembrandt consolidated and transferred to the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. In November 2007, the Company along with Motorola, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Scientific-Atlanta, Inc., ARRIS Group, Inc., Thomson, Inc. and Ambit Microsystems, Inc. filed a complaint for declaratory judgment in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware against Rembrandt, seeking a declaration that eight asserted Rembrandt patents asserted in the transferred cases are either invalid or not infringed. The District Court held a claim construction hearing on August 5, 2008. On November 29, 2008, the District Court issued its claim construction order. After the District Court’s order, Rembrandt agreed to drop three patents from the case, leaving five patents at issue. The District Court held a mediation on March 3-4, 2009 but the parties were unable to reach a resolution. On July 21, 2009, Rembrandt delivered to the Company and other parties an executed covenant not to sue on any of the eight patents originally in the suit, contending that the execution of the covenant divests the District Court of jurisdiction or renders moot the remaining claims and counterclaims in the action. On July 31, 2009, Rembrandt filed a motion to dismiss the litigation. While Rembrandt’s motion was pending, the defendants filed motions for summary judgment, sanctions, and responses to Rembrandt’s motion to dismiss. In early October 2009, the District Court suspended all further dates for the case while it reviewed the pending motions and case status. On October 23, 2009, the Court ordered Rembrandt to supplement the covenant not to sue to include any products or services that comply with DOCSIS 1.0, 1.1, 2.0 or 3 and dismissed Rembrandt’s various infringement claims on the eight patents with prejudice. The Court gave Rembrandt five days to withdraw its motion to dismiss the litigation if it found the Court’s conditions on dismissal to be unacceptable. Rembrandt did not withdraw its motion to dismiss the litigation, and on October 30, 2009, Rembrandt executed a covenant not to sue on any of the eight patents in the case and any products or services that comply with DOCSIS 1.0, 1.1, 2.0 or 3. The Company and its co-defendants moved for attorneys’ fees to be paid by Rembrandt. Rembrandt has opposed the motion.

All of the above described claims against the Company, or filed by the Company, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming,time-consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time, and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur, there exists the possibility it would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position and results of

operations for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs or becomes probable. In addition, the Company is subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, including litigation related to intellectual property and employment matters.

While the outcome of these matters is

Based on currently not determinable,available information, the Company does not expectbelieve that the ultimate costsoutcomes of any unresolved matters, individually and in the aggregate, are likely to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations within the next 12 months. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and the Company’s view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations or cash flows.

liquidity for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs or becomes probable, and potentially in future periods.

Environmental Regulation

The European Union (“EU”) has enacted thelegislation relating to disposal of certain products. The Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, which makes producers of electrical goods, including home and small business networking products, which are placed on the market after August 1, 2005 financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. The deadline for the individual member states of the EU to enact the directive in their respective countries was August 13, 2004 (such legislation, together with the directive, the “WEEE Legislation”). Producers participating in the market are financially responsible for implementing these responsibilities under the WEEE Legislation beginning in August 2005. Similar WEEE Legislation has been or may be enacted in other jurisdictions, including in the United States, Canada, Mexico, China and Japan. The Company adopted FSPSFAS 143-1, “Accountingthe authoritative guidance for Electronic Equipment Waste Obligations”,asset retirement and environmental obligations in the third quarter of fiscal 2005 and has determined that its effect did not have a material impact on its consolidated results of operations and financial position for fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006.2007, 2008, or 2009. The Company believes it is meeting the requirements of the WEEE Directive. The Company is continuing to evaluate the impact of the WEEE Legislation and similar legislation in other jurisdictions as individual countries issue their implementation guidance.

In 2006 the EU also enacted the Battery Directive. Some member states have enacted legislation which require producers of equipment containing certain types of batteries to be financially responsible for recovery and disposal. The Company believes it meets the requirements of Battery Directive legislation.

Additionally, the EU has enacted the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (“RoHS Legislation”). The RoHS Legislation, along with similar legislation in China, prohibits the use of certain substances, including mercury and lead, in certain products put on the market after July 1, 2006. The EU also enacted the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and restriction of CHemicals (REACH) Legislation, which came into force on December 1, 2008 and also addresses the production and use of chemical substances. The Company believes it has met the requirements of the RoHS Legislation and the REACH Legislation.

The EU also implemented its Standby Regulations, which is one of a number of measures and initiatives developed to implement the 2005 EU Ecodesign Directive. The Standby Regulation entered into force on January 7, 2009. Generally, the Standby Regulation requires products to have operating modes with certain limited energy consumption requirements. The Company adopted the authoritative guidance for the Standby Regulation and has determined that its effect did not have a material impact on its consolidated results of operations and financial position for fiscal 2009. The Company is continuing to evaluate the impact of the Standby Regulation and similar legislation in other jurisdictions as individual countries issue their implementation guidance. The Company believes it meets the requirements of the Standby Regulation.

EmploymentsEmployment Agreements

The Company has signed various employment agreements with key executives pursuant to which if their employment is terminated without cause, the employees are entitled to receive their base salary (and commission or bonus, as applicable) for 52 weeks (for the Chief Executive Officer) and up to 26 weeks (for other key executives), and such. Such employees will continue to have stock options vest for up to a one year period following the termination. If the termination, without cause, occurs within one year of a change in control, the officer issuch employees are entitled to up to two years acceleration of any unvested portion of his or her stock options.


58

Leases


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Leases
The Company leases office space, cars and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through December 2026. Rent expense in the years ended, December 31, 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 20062007 was $1.3$6.2 million, $1.5$6.3 million, and $2.2$3.4 million, respectively. The terms of some of the Company’s office leases provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases, net of sublease payments, are as follows (in thousands):

     
Year Ending December 31,
   
 
2007  2,371 
2008  1,298 
2009  718 
2010  544 
2011  509 
2012 and thereafter  3,214 
     
Total minimum lease payments $8,654 
     

Year Ending December 31,

   

2010

  $5,626

2011

   4,238

2012

   3,346

2013

   3,330

2014

   3,385

Thereafter

   15,784
    

Total minimum lease payments

  $35,709
    

Guarantees and Indemnifications

The Company has entered into various inventory relatedinventory-related purchase agreements with suppliers. Generally, under these agreements, 50% of orders are cancelable by giving notice 46 to 60 days prior to the expected shipment date and 25% of orders are cancelable by giving notice 31 to 45 days prior to the expected shipment date. Orders are non-cancelable within 30 days prior to the expected shipment date. At December 31, 2006,2009, the Company had $55.2$81.3 million in non-cancelable purchase commitments with suppliers. The Company expectsestablishes a loss liability for all products it does not expect to sell all products for which it has committed purchases from suppliers.

Such losses have not been material to date.

The Company, as permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with its Bylaws, indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while the officer or director is or was serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited; however, the Company has a Director and Officer Insurance Policy that limits its exposure and enables it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of its insurance policy coverage, the Company believes the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2006.

2009.

In its sales agreements, the Company typically agrees to indemnify its direct customers, distributors and resellers for any expenses or liability resulting from claimed infringements of patents, trademarks or copyrights of third parties. The terms of these indemnification agreements are generally perpetual any time after execution of the agreement. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited. To date the Company has not paid any amounts to settle claims or defend lawsuits. As a result, theThe Company believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2006.

2009.

Note 7 — Stock-Based Compensation:10—Stockholder’s Equity:

At December 31, 2006,2009, the Company had fivefour stock-based employee compensation plans as described below. The total compensation expense related to these plans was approximately $4.5$11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Prior to January 1, 2006,2009.

The following table sets forth the Company accounted for those plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB 25. Accordingly, the Company generally recognized compensation expense


59


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

only when it granted options with a discounted exercise price. Any resulting compensation expense was recognized ratably over the associated service period, which was generally the option vesting term.
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company provided pro forma disclosure amounts in accordance with SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS 148”), as if the fair value method defined by SFAS 123 had been applied to its stock-based compensation.
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R, using the modified prospective transition method and therefore has not restated prior periods’ results. Under this transition method,total stock-based compensation expense forresulting from stock options, restricted stock awards, and the year ended December 31, 2006 includes compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted prior to, but not yet vested asEmployee Stock Purchase Plan included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123. Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 also includes stock-based compensation awards granted after January 1, 2006 based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The valuation provisions of SFAS 123R also apply to grants that are modified after January 1, 2006.
Operations (in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,
   2009  2008  2007

Cost of revenue

  $959  $864  $633

Research and development

   1,973   3,218   2,391

Sales and marketing

   4,147   3,406   3,013

General and administrative

   3,945   3,835   2,842
            
  $11,024  $11,323  $8,879
            

The Company recognizes these compensation costs net of the estimated forfeitures on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term of four years. The Company estimated the forfeiture rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 based on its historical experience.

As a result of adopting SFAS 123R, the Company’s income before income taxes and net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $4.0 million and $3.0 million lower, respectively, than if the Company had continued to account for stock-based compensation under APB 25. The impact on both basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $0.09.

Total stock-based compensation cost capitalized in inventory was less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Prior to the adoption$250,000 in each of SFAS 123R, the Company presented the excess tax benefit of stock option exercises as operating cash flows. Upon the adoption of SFAS 123R, “as if” windfall tax benefits (the tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost that would increase the pool of windfall tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows, with the remaining excess tax benefit classified as operating cash flows. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption. Prior period cash flows are not reclassified to reflect this new requirement. In addition, total cash flow is not impacted as a result of this new requirement.


60


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The pro forma table below reflects net income and basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 20042009, 2008, and 2005, had the Company applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123, as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
         
  Year Ended
 
  December 31, 
  2004  2005 
 
Net income, as reported $23,465  $33,623 
Add:        
Employee stock-based compensation included in reported net income  1,687   1,064 
Less:        
Total employee stock-based compensation determined under fair value method, net of taxes(1)  (4,329)  (9,684)
         
Pro forma net income $20,823  $25,003 
         
Basic net income per share:        
As reported $0.77  $1.04 
         
Pro forma $0.68  $0.77 
         
Diluted net income per share:        
As reported $0.72  $0.99 
         
Pro forma $0.64  $0.74 
         
(1)Of the 1,144,050 options granted during the year ended December 31, 2005, 964,100 were sales-restricted options that vested immediately on grant. These options had a fair value of $6.1 million, net of taxes. No such options were granted in 2004.
2007.

As of December 31, 2006,2009, the Company has the following share-based compensation plans:

2000 Stock Option Plan

In April 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”). The 2000 Plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 2000 Plan may be either incentive stock options (“ISOs”) or nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options (“ISO”NSOs”). ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). Nonqualified stock options (“NSO”)NSOs may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. A total of 7,350,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2000 Plan.

Options under the 2000 Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years, and at prices no less than the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that (i) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than the estimated fair value of the sharesunderlying stock on the date of grant and (ii) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the sharesunderlying stock on the date of grant. To date, options granted generally vest over four years.

2003 Stock Plan

In April 2003, the Company adopted the 2003 Stock Plan (the “2003 Plan”). The 2003 Plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 2003 Plan may be either incentive stock optionsISOs or nonqualified stock options.NSOs. ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). NSOs may be granted to Company employees, directors


61


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and consultants. The Company has reserved 750,000 shares of Common Stock plus any shares which were reserved but not issued under the 2000 Plan as of the date of the approval of the 2003 Plan. The number of shares which were reserved but not issued under the 2000 Plan that were transferred to the Company’s 2003 Plan were 615,290, which when combined with the shares reserved for the Company’s 2003 Plan total 1,365,290 shares reserved under the Company’s 2003 Plan as of the date of transfer. Any options cancelled under either the 2000 Plan or the 2003 Plan are returned to the pool available for grant. As of December 31, 2006, 143,2092009, 249,451 shares were reserved for future grants under the Company’s 2003 Plan.

Options under the 2003 Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years, and at prices no less than the estimated fair value of the common stock on the date of grant as determined by the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on any established stock exchange or a national market system, provided, however, that (i) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than the estimated fair value of the sharesunderlying stock on the

date of grant and (ii) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the sharesunderlying stock on the date of grant. To date, options granted generally vest over four years, with the first tranche vesting at the end of twelve12 months and the remaining shares underlying the option vesting monthly over the remaining three years. In fiscal 2005, certain options granted under the 2003 Plan immediately vested and were exercisable on the date of grant, and the shares underlying such options were subject to a resale restriction which expires at a rate of 25% per year.

2006 Long Term Incentive Plan

In April 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders on May 23, 2006. The 2006 Plan provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance awards and other stock awards, to eligible directors, employees and consultants of the Company. TheUpon the adoption of the 2006 Plan, the Company has reserved 2,500,000 shares of Common Stockcommon stock for issuance under the 2006 Plan. Any options cancelledIn June 2008, the Company adopted amendments to the 2006 Plan which increased the number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued under the 2006 Plan are returned to the pool available for grant.plan by an additional 2,500,000 shares. As of December 31, 2006, 1,458,7102009, 1,058,274 shares were reserved for future grants under the 2006 Plan.

Options granted under the 2006 Plan may be either incentive stock optionsISOs or nonqualified stock options.NSOs. ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). NSOs may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. Options may be granted for periods of up to ten years, and at prices no less than the estimated fair value of the common stock on the date of grant as determined by the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on any established stock exchange or a national market system, provided, however, that (i) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than the estimated fair value of the sharesunderlying stock on the date of grant and (ii) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the sharesunderlying stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2006 Plan generally vest over four years, with the first tranche vesting at the end of twelve12 months and the remaining shares underlying the option vesting monthly over the remaining three years.

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under the 2006 Plan subject to the terms specified by the plan administrator, provided that the term of any such right may not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant. The exercise price generally cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted.

Restricted stock awards may be granted under the 2006 Plan subject to the terms specified by the plan administrator. The period over which any restricted award may fully vest is generally no less than three (3) years. Restricted stock awards are nonvestednon-vested stock awards that may include grants of restricted stock or grants of restricted stock units. Restricted stock awards are independent of option grants and are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. During that period, ownership of the shares cannot be transferred. Restricted stock has the same voting rights as other common stock and is considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Restricted stock units do not have the voting rights of common stock, and the shares


62


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

underlying the restricted stock units are not considered issued and outstanding. The Company expenses the cost of the restricted stock awards, which is determined to be the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant, ratably over the period during which the restrictions lapse.

Performance awards may be in the form of performance shares or performance units. A performance share means an award denominated in shares of Company common stock and a performance unit means an award denominated in units having a dollar value or other currency, as determined by the Committee.plan administrator. The plan administrator will determine the number of performance awards that will be granted and will establish the performance goals and other conditions for payment of such performance awards. The period of measuring the achievement of performance goals will be a minimum of twelve (12) months.

Other stock-based awards may be granted under the 2006 Plan subject to the terms specified by the plan administrator. Other stock-based awards may include dividend equivalents, restricted stock awards, or amounts

which are equivalent to all or a portion of any federal, state, local, domestic or foreign taxes relating to an award, and may be payable in shares, cash, other securities or any other form of property as the plan administrator may determine.

In the event of a change in control of the Company, all awards under the 2006 Plan vest in full and all outstanding performance shares and performance units will be paid out upon transfer.

Any shares of common stock subject to an award that is forfeited, settled in cash, expires or is otherwise settled without the issuance of shares shall again be available for awards under the 2006 Plan. Additionally, any shares that are tendered by a participant of the 2006 Plan or retained by the Company as full or partial payment to the Company for the purchase of an award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with an award shall no longer again be made available for issuance under the 2006 Plan.

The number of “full value equity awards” (as defined below) that may be granted will be limited to no more than ten percent (10%) of the shares issuable under the 2006 Plan. For these purposes, a “full value equity award” is any award pursuant to the 2006 Plan, other than options, stock appreciation rights or other awards which are based solely on an increase in value of the Company’s common stock following the date of grant.

2006 Stand-Alone Stock Option Agreement

In August 2006, the Company reserved for and granted a 300,000 share nonqualified stock optionNSO in connection with the hiring of a key executive. InAs of December 31, 2009, no options remain outstanding under the event of a change in control of the Company, this option vests in full.

2006 Stand-Alone Stock Option Agreement.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company sponsors an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), pursuant to which eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of compensation, subject to certain income limits, to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. Prior to January 1, 2006, employees were able to purchase stock semi-annually at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value at certain plan-defined dates. As of January 1, 2006, the Company changed the ESPP such that employees will purchase stock semi-annually at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value on the purchase date. Since the price of the shares is now determined at the purchase date and there is no longer a look-back period, the Company recognizes the expense based on the 15% discount at purchase. For the yearyears ended December 31, 2006,2009, 2008, and 2007, ESPP compensation expense was $206,000.

$184,000, $250,000 and $232,000, respectively.

Valuation and Expense Information

The fair value of each option award granted under the Company’s ESPP equals the 15% discount at purchase. The fair value of each restricted stock unit under all share-based compensation plans equals the fair value of NETGEAR stock on the date of the grant. The fair value of each option award granted under all other share-based compensation plans is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model and the weighted average assumptions in the following table. The expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury securities with an equivalent remaining term. Expected volatility is based on a combination of the historical volatility of the Company’s stock as well as the historical volatility of certain of the Company’s industry peers’ stock.

                     
  Stock Options    
  Year Ended
  ESPP 
  December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006  2004  2005 
 
Expected life (in years)  4.0   4.0   4.9   0.5   0.5 
Risk-free interest rate  2.81%  3.85%  4.74%  1.39%  2.93%
Expected volatility  52%  56%  59%  52%  55%
Dividend yield               
Weighted average fair value of grants $5.47  $8.01  $12.05  $4.11  $5.21 
The Company estimated the forfeiture rate for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 based on its historical experience.


63

   Stock Options Granted Under
non-ESPP Plans
 
   Year Ended December 31, 
       2009          2008          2007     

Expected life (in years)

  4.4   4.3   4.5  

Risk-free interest rate

  1.73 3.02 4.48

Expected volatility

  50 49 53

Dividend yield

          


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

ActivityThe weighted average estimated fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, including options granted under the Company’s ESPP and not including restricted stock units, was $6.10, $9.57, and $15.36, respectively.

Stock Option Plans is set forth as follows:

                 
  December 31, 2004  December 31, 2005 
     Weighted
     Weighted
 
     Average
     Average
 
     Exercise
     Exercise
 
  Shares  Price  Shares  Price 
 
Options outstanding at beginning of year  6,561,693  $5.39   4,147,089  $7.00 
Options granted  614,602   13.60   1,147,050   17.22 
Options exercised  (2,796,428)  4.64   (1,378,373)  5.77 
Options cancelled  (232,778)  7.41   (242,079)  9.41 
                 
Outstanding at end of year  4,147,089   7.00   3,673,687   10.49 
                 
Options exercisable at end of year  2,644,063   5.29   2,959,255   9.82 
                 
Options outstandingoptions activity under the stock option plans as of December 31, 2005 and changes during the yearyears ended December 31, 20062007, 2008, and 2009 were as follows:
                 
        Weighted
    
     Weighted
  Average
    
     Average
  Remaining
  Aggregate
 
     Exercise
  Contractual
  Intrinsic
 
  Shares  Price  Term (In Years)  Value 
           (In thousands) 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2005  3,673,687  $10.49         
Options granted  1,326,490   22.06         
Options exercised  (932,928)  7.97         
Options cancelled  (132,792)  16.60         
                 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2006  3,934,457  $14.79   7.13  $45,148 
                 
Options exercisable and expected to vest at December 31, 2006  3,843,643  $14.64   7.08  $44,650 
                 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2006  2,386,728  $10.86   5.72  $36,732 
                 
follows (share data in thousands):

   Outstanding Options
   Number of
Shares
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price

December 31, 2006

  3,934   $14.79

Granted

  951    32.40

Exercised

  (1,237  11.07

Cancelled

  (224  23.22
     

December 31, 2007

  3,424   $20.47

Granted

  1,018    23.02

Exercised

  (157  15.01

Cancelled

  (369  24.22
     

December 31, 2008

  3,916   $21.00

Granted

  1,526    14.72

Exercised

  (370  8.07

Cancelled

  (452  21.19
     

December 31, 2009

  4,620   $19.94
     

Information regarding the stock options outstanding at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 is summarized below.

   Number of
Shares
(thousands)
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(thousands)

As of December 31, 2009

        

Shares outstanding

  4,620  $19.94  7.21  $20,935

Shares vested and expected to vest

  4,298  $20.00  7.08  $19,378

Shares exercisable

  2,459  $20.64  5.78  $10,491

As of December 31, 2008

        

Shares outstanding

  3,916  $21.00  6.99  $3,410

Shares vested and expected to vest

  3,820  $20.87  6.95  $3,406

Shares exercisable

  2,272  $17.39  5.75  $3,353

As of December 31, 2007

        

Shares outstanding

  3,424  $20.47  7.45  $52,424

Shares vested and expected to vest

  3,333  $20.28  7.41  $51,656

Shares exercisable

  1,744  $13.80  6.00  $38,134

The aggregate intrinsic valuevalues in the table above representsrepresent the total pre-tax intrinsic valuevalues (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of fiscal 20062009, 2008, and 2007 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares underlying thein-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2006.2009, December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 20062007 was $30.9$3.4 million, $18.7$1.2 million, and $15.1$25.7 million, respectively. Total fair value of options expensed for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $3.2 million, net of tax.

The total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005,2009, 2008, and 20062007 was $1.9$9.0 million, $1.1$9.1 million, and $2.8$6.4 million, respectively.


64


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Additional information regarding stock options outstanding under the Company’s Stock Option Plans as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:
                     
  Options Outstanding  Options Exercisable 
     Weighted Average
  Weighted
     Weighted
 
     Remaining
  Average
     Average
 
  Number
  Contractual Life
  Exercise
  Number
  Exercise
 
Range of Exercise Prices
 Outstanding  (In Years)  Price  Outstanding  Price 
 
$ 1.29 - $ 2.99  81,888   2.6  $1.29   81,888  $1.29 
$ 3.00 - $ 5.99  830,138   3.4  $4.53   830,138  $4.53 
$ 6.00 - $ 8.99  205,495   4.8  $7.54   202,521  $7.53 
$ 9.00 - $11.99  183,536   7.0  $10.12   121,156  $10.35 
$12.00 - $14.99  253,812   7.3  $13.86   187,127  $13.80 
$15.00 - $17.99  658,928   7.4  $15.69   564,417  $15.57 
$18.00 - $20.99  954,158   9.1  $19.42   335,519  $19.51 
$21.00 - $23.99  430,012   9.2  $22.44   63,962  $21.23 
$24.00 - $26.39  336,490   10.0  $26.39   0   N/A 
                     
$ 1.29 - $26.39  3,934,457   7.1  $14.79   2,386,728  $10.86 
                     
As of December 31, 2006, $15.12009, $15.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.721.28 years.

Cash received from option exercises and purchases under the ESPP for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $3.0 million, $2.4 million, and $13.7 million, respectively.

Restricted stock units as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, and changes during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 were as follows (share data in thousands):

   2009  2008  2007
   Shares  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Shares  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Shares  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
   In thousands     In thousands     In thousands   

Restricted stock units outstanding at beginning of year

  235   $25.55  149   $27.67  114   $22.52

Restricted stock units granted

  171    12.24  153    24.86  101    29.84

Restricted stock units vested

  (104  23.43  (58  28.93  (51  22.59

Restricted stock units cancelled

  (15  19.36  (9  27.32  (15  20.35
               

Restricted stock units outstanding at end of year

  287   $18.71  235   $25.55  149   $27.67
               

Total intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $1.4 million, $1.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

The total fair value of restricted stock units vested during the year ended December 31, 20062009, 2008 and 2007 was $2.4 million, $1.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2009, $3.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.01 years.

Total fair value of stock-based compensation awards expensed for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $7.8 million, $8.5 million.million, and $6.6 million, respectively, net of tax. The actual excess tax benefit recognized for the tax deduction arising from the exercise of stock-based compensation awards for the yearyears ended December 31, 20062009, 2008, and 2007 totaled $4.2 million.

Nonvested restricted stock awards$136,000, $81,000, and $8.4 million, respectively.

Common Stock Repurchase Programs

In October 21, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to 6,000,000 shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Under this authorization, the timing and actual number of shares subject to repurchase are at the discretion of management and are contingent on a number of factors, such as levels of December 31, 2006cash generation from operations, cash requirements for acquisitions and changesthe price of the Company’s common stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares under this authorization during the year ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

         
     Weighted
 
     Average
 
     Grant Date
 
  Shares  Fair Value 
 
Nonvested outstanding at December 31, 2005    $ 
Granted  114,000   22.52 
Vested      
Forfeited      
         
Nonvested outstanding at December 31, 2006  114,000  $22.52 
         
As of2009. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, $1.92008, the Company repurchased approximately 1.2 million shares or $12.0 million of total unrecognized compensation costcommon stock under this repurchase authorization.

In addition, the Company repurchased approximately 22,000 shares, or $282,000 of common stock under a repurchase program to help administratively facilitate the withholding and subsequent remittance of personal income and payroll taxes for individuals receiving restricted stock units during the year ended December 31, 2009. Similarly, during the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Company repurchased approximately 9,000 shares and 5,000 shares, respectively, or $206,000 and $150,000 of common stock, respectively, under the same program to help facilitate tax withholding for restricted stock units.

These shares were retired upon repurchase. The Company’s policy related to nonvested restrictedrepurchases of its common stock awards is expected to be recognizedcharge the excess of cost over a weighted-average periodpar value to retained earnings. All repurchases were made in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1.59 years.

1934, as amended.

Note 8 — 11—Segment Information, Operations by Geographic Area and Customer Concentration:

Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available and is regularly evaluated by management, namely the chief operating decision maker of an organization, in order to make operating and resource allocation decisions. By this definition, the Company operates in one business segment, which comprises the development, marketing and sale of networking products for the small business and home markets. The Company’s primary headquarters and a significant portion of its operations are located in the United States. The Company also conducts sales, marketing and customer service activities and certain distribution


65


NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

center activities through several small sales offices in Europe, Middle-East and Africa (EMEA)(“EMEA”) and Asia as well as outsourced distribution centers.

For reporting purposes revenue is attributed to each geographygeographic location based on the geographic location of the customer. Net revenue by geography comprises gross revenue less such items as sales incentives deemed to be a reduction of net revenue, per EITF IssueNo. 01-9,sales returns and price protection, which reduce gross revenue.

Geographic information

Net revenue by geographic location is as follows (in thousands):

             
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
 
United States $186,836  $199,208  $220,440 
United Kingdom  60,585   76,456   151,026 
Germany  51,304   52,869   55,104 
EMEA (excluding UK and Germany)  47,726   70,626   92,104 
Asia Pacific and rest of the world  36,688   50,451   54,896 
             
  $383,139  $449,610  $573,570 
             

   Year Ended December 31,
   2009  2008  2007

United States

  $314,392  $297,641  $273,695

United Kingdom

   91,943   120,994   183,341

EMEA (excluding UK)

   200,239   233,064   197,013

Asia Pacific and rest of the world

   80,021   91,645   73,738
            
  $686,595  $743,344  $727,787
            

Long-lived assets, comprising fixed assets, are reported based on the location of the asset. Long-lived assets by geographic location are as follows (in thousands):

         
  December 31, 
  2005  2006 
 
United States $4,378  $4,878 
EMEA  42   592 
Asia Pacific and rest of the world  282   1,098 
         
  $4,702  $6,568 
         

   Year Ended December 31,
         2009              2008      

United States

  $13,226  $17,632

EMEA

   282   434

China

   2,860   1,869

Asia Pacific and rest of the world (excluding China)

   523   357
        
  $16,891  $20,292
        

Customer concentration (as a percentage of net revenue):

             
  Year Ended December 31,
  2004 2005 2006
 
Ingram Micro, Inc.   27%  25%  19%
Tech Data Corporation  18%  17%  16%

   Year Ended December 31, 
       2009          2008          2007     

Ingram Micro, Inc.

  11 14 17

Best Buy Co., Inc.

  11 8 7

Tech Data Corporation

  8 11 14

All others individually less than 10% of revenue

  70 67 62
          
  100 100 100
          

Note 9 — 12—Employee Benefit Plan:

In April 2000, the Company adopted the NETGEAR 401(k) Plan to which employees may contribute up to 100% of salary subject to the legal maximum. TheThrough December 31, 2007, the Company contributescontributed an amount equal to 50% of the employee contributions up to a maximum of $1,500 per calendar year per employee. Beginning on January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the Company contributed an amount equal to 100% of the employee contributions up to a maximum of $7,000 per calendar year per employee. Beginning on January 1, 2009 for the first three pay periods of 2009 only, which ended on January 30, 2009, the Company contributed an amount equal to 100% of the employee contributions up to a maximum of $7,000, for employees that remained active with the company through December 31, 2009. The Company contributedexpensed $508,000, $1.3 million and expensed $279,000, $361,000 and $473,000$698,000 related to the NETGEAR 401(k) Plan in the years ended December 31, 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 2006,2007, respectively.


66

Note 13—Fair Value of Financial Instruments:


The Company adopted updated authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures effective January 1, 2008 for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis. This authoritative guidance

applies to all financial assets and financial liabilities that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis. Although there was no impact for adoption of this authoritative guidance to the consolidated financial statements, the Company is now required to provide additional disclosures as part of its financial statements. In accordance with additional authoritative guidance, the Company deferred adoption until January 1, 2009 as it relates to non-financial assets and liabilities except those measured at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The updated guidance establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. The statement requires fair value measurements be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

The following tables summarize the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments by the above categories as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:

   As of December 31, 2009
   Total  Quoted market
prices in active
markets

(Level 1)
  Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)

Cash equivalents—money market funds

  $120,324  $120,324  $—    $—  

Available-for-sale securities—Treasuries(1)

   74,898   74,898   —     —  

Foreign currency forward contracts(2)

   1,329   —     1,329   —  
                

Total

  $196,551  $195,222  $1,329  $—  
                

(1)Included in short-term investments on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
(2)Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

   As of December 31, 2009
   Total  Quoted market
prices in active
markets

(Level 1)
  Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)

Foreign currency forward contracts(3)

  $(348 $—    $(348 $—  
                

Total

  $(348 $—    $(348 $—  
                

(3)Included in other accrued liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

   As of December 31, 2008
   Total  Quoted market
prices in active
markets

(Level 1)
  Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)

Cash equivalents—money market funds

  $122,232  $122,232  $—    $—  

Available-for-sale securities—Treasuries(1)

   10,170   10,170   —     —  

Foreign currency forward contracts(2)

   1,494   —     1,494   —  
                

Total

  $133,896  $132,402  $1,494  $—  
                

(1)Included in short-term investments on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
(2)Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

   As of December 31, 2008
   Total  Quoted market
prices in active
markets

(Level 1)
  Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)

Foreign currency forward contracts(3)

  $(3,275 $—    $(3,275 $—  
                

Total

  $(3,275 $—    $(3,275 $—  
                

(3)Included in other accrued liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

The Company’s investments in cash equivalents and available for sale securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on quoted market prices in active markets. All of the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts are with counterparties that have long-term credit ratings of A+ or higher. The Company’s foreign currency forward contracts are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as they are valued using pricing models that take into account the contract terms as well as currency rates and counterparty credit rates. The Company verifies the reasonableness of these pricing models using observable market data for related inputs into such models. Additionally, the Company includes an adjustment for non-performance risk in the recognized measure of fair value of derivative instruments. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the adjustment for non-performance risk did not have a material impact on the fair value of the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts.

The carrying value of non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, including accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate fair value due to their short maturities.

Note 14—Comprehensive Income and Cumulative Other Comprehensive Income, Net:

The following table sets forth the activity for each component of other comprehensive income, net of related taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007, respectively (in thousands):

   Year ended December 31,
   2009  2008  2007

Net income

  $9,333   $18,050   $45,954

Change in unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments, net of tax

   20    —      —  

Change in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

   (63  (34  106
            

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(43 $(34 $106
            

Total comprehensive income

  $9,290   $18,016   $46,060

The following table sets forth the components of cumulative other comprehensive income, net of related taxes, as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

   As of December 31,
       2009          2008    

Net unrealized gains on derivative instruments

  $20  $—  

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

   4   67
        

Total cumulative other comprehensive income, net of taxes

  $24  $67
        

Note 15—Subsequent Events:

In January 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of certain intellectual property and other assets of Leaf Networks, LLC (“Leaf”). The acquisition qualified as a business acquisition and will be accounted for using

the purchase method of accounting. The aggregate purchase price was $2.1 million, paid in cash. Additionally, the acquisition agreement specified that Leaf shareholders may receive a total additional payout of up to $900,000 in cash over the three years following closure of the acquisition if developed products pass certain acceptance criteria. The Company has determined that the present value of the $900,000 potential additional payout is approximately $800,000, for which the Company will record a liability.

In accordance with the purchase method of accounting and as updated with the FASB’s April 2009 additional authoritative guidance for business combinations, the Company will allocate the total purchase price to identifiable intangible assets in the three months ending March 28, 2010 based on each element’s estimated fair value. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. Purchased intangibles will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. Goodwill will be recorded based on the residual purchase price after allocating the purchase price to the fair market value of intangible assets acquired certain expensed acquisition costs. Goodwill arises as a result of the $800,000 present valuation of the $900,000 potential additional payout, plus $100,000 in additional payment consideration. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is as follows (in thousands):

Intangibles, net

   2,000

Goodwill

   900
    

Total purchase price allocation

  $2,900
    

The $2.0 million in acquired intangible assets was designated as existing technology. The value was calculated based on the present value of the future estimated cash flows derived from projections of future revenue attributable to existing technology. This $2.0 million will be amortized over its estimated useful life of seven years.

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)

(Unaudited)

The following table presents unaudited quarterly financial information for each of the Company’s last eight quarters. This information has been derived from the Company’s unaudited financial statements and has been prepared on the same basis as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in thisForm 10-K. In the opinion of management, all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been included to state fairly the quarterly results.

                 
  April 2, 2006  July 2, 2006  October 1, 2006  December 31, 2006 
 
Net revenue $127,259  $130,738  $151,571  $164,002 
Gross profit $44,548  $45,377  $50,558  $53,176 
Provision for income taxes $6,714  $6,413  $7,080  $7,660 
Net income $9,868  $9,835  $7,980  $13,449 
Net income per share — basic $0.30  $0.30  $0.24  $0.40 
Net income per share — diluted $0.29  $0.29  $0.23  $0.38 
                 
  April 3, 2005  July 3, 2005  October 2, 2005  December 31, 2005 
 
Net revenue $108,952  $107,576  $111,317  $121,765 
Gross profit $35,881  $38,601  $39,099  $38,118 
Provision for income taxes $5,068  $4,944  $5,492  $5,363 
Net income $7,860  $8,301  $8,594  $8,868 
Net income per share — basic $0.25  $0.26  $0.26  $0.27 
Net income per share — diluted $0.24  $0.25  $0.25  $0.26 


67


   March 29,
2009
  June 28,
2009
  September 27,
2009
  December 31,
2009

Net revenue

  $152,018   $144,674   $171,071  $218,832

Gross profit

  $42,931   $41,260   $55,745  $66,464

Provision for income taxes

  $3,352   $4,434   $5,826  $9,622

Net income (loss)

  $(3,770 $(3,280 $8,530  $7,853

Net income (loss) per share—basic

  $(0.11 $(0.10 $0.25  $0.23

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

  $(0.11 $(0.10 $0.24  $0.22

   March 30,
2008
  June 29,
2008
  September 28,
2008
  December 31,
2008
 

Net revenue

  $198,154  $204,464  $179,367  $161,359  

Gross profit

  $63,863  $66,409  $62,293  $48,459  

Provision for income taxes

  $7,862  $8,718  $7,929  $2,784  

Net income

  $11,226  $11,064  $3,103  $(7,343

Net income per share—basic

  $0.32  $0.31  $0.09  $(0.21

Net income per share—diluted

  $0.31  $0.31  $0.09  $(0.21

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of disclosure controlsDisclosure Controls and procedures.Procedures  Our management evaluated,

Based on an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officermanagement (including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer), our chief accounting officer, the effectiveness ofChief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as defined inRules 13a-15(e) and15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report onForm 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and our chief accounting officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective10-K to ensure that information we are required to disclosebe disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commissionthe SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is(ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including the chief executive officerour Chief Executive Officer and chief accounting officer,Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

disclosure.

DesignManagement’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and evaluation ofmaintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Pursuantreporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to Section 404future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the Sarbanes-Oxley Actdegree of 2002, we have included a report of management’s assessmentcompliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the design and effectiveness of our internal controlscontrol over financial reporting as part of December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, issued by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on management’s assessment using those criteria, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in this Annual Report onForm 10-K10-K.

Remediation of Material Weakness

During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, in connection with the restatement of our previously issued financial statements for the fiscal yearperiod ended December 31, 2006. Management’s report is included withMarch 29, 2009, and our Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8assessment of thisForm 10-K.

Changesour disclosure controls and procedures, management concluded that as of March 29, 2009, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective and that we had a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting.  There was no change The material weakness related to the accounting for income taxes. Specifically, we did not maintain a sufficient complement of tax personnel with the required proficiency to identify, evaluate, review, and report complex tax accounting matters. In order to remediate the material weakness, we engaged tax specialists to assist us in ourthe preparation and review of the income tax provision. Additionally, in November 2009 we hired additional personnel in the tax department with sufficient knowledge and experience in tax to further supplement and strengthen the controls around the tax provision. As a result of these actions, management has concluded that we have remediated the material weakness related to income taxes as of December 31, 2009.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The discussion above under “Remediation of Material Weakness” includes a description of the material changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscalfourth quarter of 2009 that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, ourthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting. We are aware that any system of controls, however well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met, and that maintenance of disclosure controls and procedures is an ongoing process that may change over time.

Item 9B.Other Information

None.

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statementproxy statement related to our 20072010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we intend to file no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

Form 10-K.

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item concerning our directors and executive officers is incorporated by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Board and CommitteesCommittee Meetings,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and to the information contained in the section captioned “Executive Officers of the Registrant” included under Part I Item 1 of this report.

Form 10-K.

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our chief executive officerChief Executive Officer and senior financial officers, as required by the SEC. The current version of our Code of Ethics can be found on our Internet site athttp://www.netgear.com. Additional information required by this Item regarding our Code of Ethics is incorporated by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Code of Ethics”“Corporate Governance Policies and Practices” in our Proxy Statement.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 105.05 ofForm 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this codeour Code of ethicsEthics by posting such information on our website at http://www.netgear.com within four business days following the address specified above.


68

date of such amendment or waiver.


Item 11.Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Compensation“Report of the Compensation Committee Report.of the Board of Directors.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Equity Compensation Plan Information” set forth in Item 5 of this Form 10-K.

The additional information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement. The information required by this Item regarding Equity Compensation Plan information is included in Part II, Item 5 of this report.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Election of Directors” and “Related Party Transactions” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item related to audit fees and services is incorporated by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” appearing in our Proxy Statement.


69


PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements.

   Page
39

  4052

  4253

  4354

  4455

  4556

  4657

  97
67

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

  97

(2) Financial Statement Schedule.

The following financial statement schedule of NETGEAR, Inc. for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 20052009, 2008 and 20062007 is filed as part of thisForm 10-K and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of NETGEAR, Inc.


70


Schedule II — II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                 
  Balance at
        Balance at
 
  Beginning of Year  Additions  Deductions  End of Year 
  (In thousands) 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts:                
Year ended December 31, 2004  1,322   371   (184)  1,509 
Year ended December 31, 2005  1,509   (4)  (210)  1,295 
Year ended December 31, 2006  1,295   648   (216)  1,727 
Allowance for sales returns and product warranty:                
Year ended December 31, 2004  16,804   30,863   (30,494)  17,173 
Year ended December 31, 2005  17,173   37,533   (36,876)  17,830 
Year ended December 31, 2006  17,830   61,558   (49,960)  29,428 
Allowance for price protection:                
Year ended December 31, 2004  2,607   14,939   (12,897)  4,649 
Year ended December 31, 2005  4,649   11,828   (15,021)  1,456 
Year ended December 31, 2006  1,456   9,517   (7,779)  3,194 

(In thousands)

   Balance at
Beginning
of Year
  Additions  Deductions  Balance at
End of
Year

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

       

Year ended December 31, 2009

  1,918  217  (97 2,038

Year ended December 31, 2008

  2,307  43  (432 1,918

Year ended December 31, 2007

  1,727  966  (386 2,307

Allowance for sales returns and product warranty:

       

Year ended December 31, 2009

  38,317  67,340  (63,054 42,603

Year ended December 31, 2008

  36,974  69,748  (68,405 38,317

Year ended December 31, 2007

  29,428  62,982  (55,436 36,974

Allowance for price protection:

       

Year ended December 31, 2009

  3,430  6,563  (8,448 1,545

Year ended December 31, 2008

  497  7,489  (4,556 3,430

Year ended December 31, 2007

  3,194  5,297  (7,994 497

(3) Exhibits.The exhibits listed in the accompanying Index to Exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report.


71


SIGNATURES

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Clara,San Jose, State of California, on the 1st day of March 2007.
2010.

NETGEAR, INC.
Registrant

NETGEAR, INC.

Registrant

/s/    PATRICKPATRICK C.S. LOLO        

Patrick C.S. Lo

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Patrick C.S. Lo
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Patrick C.S. Lo and Christine M. Gorjanc, and each of them, hisattorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report onForm 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of saidattorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

  

Title

    

Date

/S/    PATRICK C.S. LO        

Patrick C.S. Lo

  
Signature
Title
Date
/s/  PATRICK C.S. LO

Patrick C.S. Lo

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

    March 1, 20072010

/S/    CHRISTINE M. GORJANC        

Christine M. Gorjanc

  
/s/  CHRISTINE M. GORJANC

Christine M. Gorjanc

Chief AccountingFinancial Officer

(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)

    March 1, 20072010

/s/  S/    JOCELYN CARTER-MILLER        

RALPH E. FAISONJocelyn Carter-Miller


Ralph E. Faison

  Director    March 1, 20072010

/s/  S/    RALPH E. FAISON        

A. TIMOTHY GODWINRalph E. Faison


A. Timothy Godwin

  Director    March 1, 20072010

/s/  S/    A. TIMOTHY GODWIN        

JEF GRAHAMA. Timothy Godwin


Jef Graham

  Director    March 1, 20072010

/s/  S/    JEF GRAHAM        

LINWOOD A. LACY, JR.Jef Graham


Linwood A. Lacy, Jr.

  Director    March 1, 20072010

/s/  S/    LINWOOD A. LACY, JR.        

GEORGE G. C. PARKERLinwood A. Lacy, Jr.


George G. C. Parker

  Director    March 1, 20072010

/s/  S/    GEORGE G. C. PARKER        

GREGORY J. ROSSMANNGeorge G. C. Parker


Gregory J. Rossmann

  Director    March 1, 20072010


72

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    GREGORY J. ROSSMANN        

Gregory J. Rossmann

DirectorMarch 1, 2010

/S/    JULIE A. SHIMER        

Julie A. Shimer

DirectorMarch 1, 2010


INDEX TO EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit
  
Number
 
Description
 
 3.3 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant(1)
 3.5 Bylaws of the registrant(1)
 4.1 Form of registrant’s common stock certificate(1)
 10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers(1)
 10.2 2000 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder(1)
 10.3 2003 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder(1)
 10.4 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan(1)
 10.5 Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 1999, between the registrant and Patrick C.S. Lo(1)
 10.7 Employment Agreement, dated August 10, 2001, between the registrant and Jonathan R. Mather(1)
 10.8 Employment Agreement, dated December 9, 1999, between the registrant and Mark G. Merrill(1)
 10.9 Employment Agreement, dated November 4, 2002, between the registrant and Michael F. Falcon(1)
 10.10 Employment Agreement, dated January 6, 2003, between the registrant and Charles T. Olson(1)
 10.11 Employment Agreement, dated October 18, 2004, between the registrant and Albert Y. Liu(2)
 10.12 Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2005, between the registrant and Christine M. Gorjanc(3)
 10.13 Standard Office Lease, dated December 3, 2001, between the registrant and Dell Associates II-A, and First Amendment to Standard Office Lease, dated March 21, 2002(1)
 10.13.1 Second Amendment to Lease, dated June 30, 2004, between the registrant and Dell Associates II-A(4)
 10.14* Distributor Agreement, dated March 1, 1997, between the registrant and Tech Data Product Management, Inc.(1)
 10.15* Distributor Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between the registrant and Ingram Micro Inc., as amended by Amendment dated October 1, 1996 and Amendment No. 2 dated July 15, 1998(1)
 10.24* Warehousing Agreement, dated July 5, 2001, between the registrant and APL, Logistics Americas, Ltd.(1)
 10.25* Distribution Operation Agreement, dated April 27, 2001, between the registrant and Furness Logistics BV(1)
 10.26* Distribution Operation Agreement, dated December 1, 2001, between the registrant and Kerry Logistics (Hong Kong) Limited(1)
 10.30 Employment Agreement, dated November 3, 2003, between the registrant and Michael Werdann(5)
 10.31 Severance Agreement and Release, effective as of November 12, 2004, between the registrant and Christopher Marshall(6)
 10.32 Settlement Agreement and Release for Zilberman v. NETGEAR, Civil Action CV021230, effective as of November 22, 2005(7)
 10.33 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder(8)
 10.34 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 26, 2006, by and among NETGEAR, Inc., SKJM Holdings Corporation, SkipJam Corp., Michael Spilo, Jonathan Daub, Francis Refol, Dennis Aldover and Zhicheng Qiu(9)
 10.35 Separation Agreement and Release, dated as of April 26, 2006, by and between NETGEAR, Inc. and Jonathan R. Mather(10)
 10.36 Employment Agreement, dated September 5, 2006, between the registrant and Deborah A. Williams(11)
 10.38 Relocation Agreement, dated September 5, 2006, between the registrant and Deborah A. Williams(12)
 10.39 Employment Agreement, dated September 7, 2006, between the registrant and Thomas Holt(13)
 10.40 Relocation Agreement, dated September 7, 2006, between the registrant and Thomas Holt(14)
 21.1 List of subsidiaries
 23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


73


     
Exhibit
  
Number
 
Description
 
 31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange ActRules 13a-15(c) and15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 31.2 Certification of Chief Accounting Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange ActRules 13a-15(c) and15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 32.2 Certification of Chief Accounting Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit

Number

Description

  2.1**Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2008, by and among CP Secure International Holding Limited, the stockholders thereof and the registrant(1)
  3.3Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant(2)
  3.5Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant(2)
  4.1Form of registrant’s common stock certificate(2)
10.1Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers(2)
10.2#2000 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder(2)
10.3#2003 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder(2)
10.4#2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan(2)
10.5#Offer Letter, dated December 3, 1999, between the registrant and Patrick C.S. Lo(2)
10.8#Offer Letter, dated December 9, 1999, between the registrant and Mark G. Merrill(2)
10.9#Employment Agreement, dated November 4, 2002, between the registrant and Michael F. Falcon(2)
10.10#Employment Agreement, dated January 6, 2003, between the registrant and Charles T. Olson(2)
10.12#Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2005, between the registrant and Christine M. Gorjanc(3)
10.13Standard Office Lease, dated December 3, 2001, between the registrant and Dell Associates II-A, and First Amendment to Standard Office Lease, dated March 21, 2002(2)
10.13.1Second Amendment to Lease, dated June 30, 2004, between the registrant and Dell Associates II-A(4)
10.14*Distributor Agreement, dated March 1, 1997, between the registrant and Tech Data Product Management, Inc.(2)
10.15*Distributor Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between the registrant and Ingram Micro Inc., as amended by Amendment dated October 1, 1996 and Amendment No. 2 dated July 15, 1998(2)
10.24*Warehousing Agreement, dated July 5, 2001, between the registrant and APL, Logistics Americas, Ltd.(2)
10.25*Distribution Operation Agreement, dated April 27, 2001, between the registrant and DSV Solutions B.V. (formerly Furness Logistics BV)(2)
10.26*Distribution Operation Agreement, dated December 1, 2001, between the registrant and Kerry Logistics (Hong Kong) Limited(2)
10.30#Employment Agreement, dated November 3, 2003, between the registrant and Michael Werdann(5)
10.33#2006 Long Term Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder(6)
10.34Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 26, 2006, by and among the registrant, SKJM Holdings Corporation, SkipJam Corp., Michael Spilo, Jonathan Daub, Francis Refol, Dennis Aldover and Zhicheng Qiu(7)
10.41**Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 2, 2007, by and among the registrant, NAS Holdings Corporation, Infrant Technologies, Inc., certain Infrant shareholders thereof, and Paul Tien as the Holders Representative(8)

Exhibit

Number

Description

10.42#NETGEAR, Inc. 2007 Bonus Plan(9)
10.44Office Lease, dated as of September 25, 2007, by and between the registrant and BRE/Plumeria, LLC(10)
10.45First Amendment to Office Lease, dated as of April 23, 2008, by and between the registrant and BRE/Plumeria, LLC(11)
10.46#Amended and Restated 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan(12)
10.47#NETGEAR, Inc. Executive Bonus Plan(12)
10.49#Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2008, between the registrant and Michael F. Falcon(13)
10.50#Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2008, between the registrant and Christine Gorjanc(13)
10.51#Amendment to Offer Letter, dated December 23, 2008, between the registrant and Patrick Lo(13)
10.52#Amendment to Offer Letter, dated December 28, 2008, between the registrant and Mark Merrill(13)
10.53#Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 24, 2008, between the registrant and Chuck Olson(13)
10.54#Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 30, 2008, between the registrant and Michael Werdann(13)
10.55#Amendment #2 to Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2009, between the registrant and Christine Gorjanc(14)
21.1List of subsidiaries and affiliates
23.1Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
31.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

#Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
*Confidential treatment has been granted as to certain portions of this Exhibit.
**Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of the omitted schedules and exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.
(1)Incorporated by reference to the exhibit bearing the same number filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2008 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(2)Incorporated by reference to an exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement onForm S-1 (RegistrationStatement 333-104419), which the Securities and Exchange Commission declared effective on July 30, 2003.
(2)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q filed on November 17, 2004 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(3)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on November 22, 2005 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(4)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q filed on November 17, 2004 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(5)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K filed on March 5, 2004 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(6)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q filed on November 17, 2004 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(7)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on November 25, 2005 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(8)Incorporated by reference to the copy included in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on April 21, 2006 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(9)(7)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on July 27, 2006 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(10)(8)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.22.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on April 26, 2006May 3, 2007 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(11)(9)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.12.2 of the Company’sRegistrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on September 11, 2006May 3, 2007 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(12)(10)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.210.1 of the Company’sRegistrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on September 11, 200627, 2007 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(13)(11)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.310.1 of the Company’s CurrentRegistrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 8-K10-Q filed on September 11, 2006May 9, 2008 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(12)Incorporated by reference to the copy included in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on April 28, 2008 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(13)Incorporated by reference to the copy included in the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2009 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(14)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.410.1 of the Company’sRegistrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on September 11, 200621, 2009 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

74

105